Sie sind auf Seite 1von 583

UTRAN

UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Student Guide
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT @@YEAR. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Terms of use and legal notices

Switch to notes view!


TERMS OF USE AND LEGAL NOTICE
Alcatel-Lucent provides this training course to you subject to these Terms of Use and Legal Notice. Your use of this training course
and/or this site constitutes your acceptance of and agreement to these Terms of Use and Legal Notice. These Terms of Use and Legal
Notice, as well as the contents of this training course, may be updated or amended by Alcatel-Lucent from time to time without prior
notice to you. Your use of the Alcatel-Lucent training materials after such update or amendment constitutes your acceptance of and
agreement to said updated or amended Terms of Use and Legal Notice.

SAFETY WARNING
Alcatel-Lucent training materials can be for products or refer to products that have both lethal and dangerous voltages present. Always
observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment alone. The user is strongly advised not to wear conductive jewelry
while working on the products. Equipment referred to or used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct
anti-static precautions.

PERMISSION TO USE CONTENT


The information, communications, scripts, photos, text, video, graphics, music, sounds, images and other materials provided in this
training course (collectively the "Content"), is intended for the lawful use of employees of Alcatel-Lucent and other authorized
participants in this Alcatel-Lucent training course. You are hereby granted a non-exclusive, non-transferable permission to access and
use the Content solely for your personal training and non-commercial use. This permission may be terminated by Alcatel-Lucent at
any time for any reason or no reason, with or without notice. You must immediately cease use of the Content upon such termination.

COPYRIGHTS AND TRADEMARKS


The unauthorized copying, displaying or other use of any Content from this training course is a violation of the law and Alcatel-Lucents
corporate policies. The Content is protected in France, the U.S. and other countries by a variety of laws, including but not limited to,
copyright laws and treaty provisions, trademark laws, patent laws and other proprietary rights laws (collectively, "IP Rights"). In
addition to Alcatel-Lucents IP Rights in the Content, in part and in whole, Alcatel-Lucent, and any of the third parties who have
licensed and/or contributed to the Content, owns a copyright in the formatting and presentation of the Content.
Alcatel-Lucent does not grant you any permission to use the Content other than the permission expressly stated in these Terms of Use
and Legal Notice. All other use of Content from this training course, including, but not limited to, modification, publication, transmission,
participation in the transfer or sale of, copying, reproduction, republishing, creation of derivative works from, distribution, performance,
display,
2
incorporation into another training course or presentation, or in any other way exploiting any of the Content, in whole or in
part,@@PRODUCT
for uses other than those expressly permitted COPYRIGHT
hereinisALCATEL-LUCENT
strictly prohibited and shall not be made without Alcatel-Lucents prior
2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

written consent. All characters appearing in this training course are fictitious. Any resemblance to real persons, living or dead, is purely
@@COURSENAME
coincidental.
There may be a number of proprietary logos, marks, trademarks, slogans and product designations found in the Content. Alcatel,
Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logos are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners. Alcatel-Lucent does not grant you a license to use any of the foregoing logos, marks, trademarks, slogans and
product designations in any fashion. Granting of the right to access and use the Content for training purposes does not confer upon
you any license under any of Alcatel-Lucents or any third party's IP Rights.

DISCLAIMER
ALCATEL-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES REGARDING THE TRAINING COURSES OR THE CONTENT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE ALCATEL-LUCENT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS, CLAIM, DAMAGE, OR ANY SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
LOSS PROFITS OR LOSS SAVINGS), WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, THAT ARISES OUT
OF OR IS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH (A) ANY USE OR MISUSE OF THE CONTENT OR THE TRAINING COURSES BY YOU, OR (B)
ANY FAILURE OR DELAY BY ALCATEL-LUCENT, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES IN CONNECTION WITH THE
CONTENT OR THE TRAINING COURSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE ANY COMPONENT
OF THE CONTENT OR TRAINING BY YOU). SOME JURISDICTIONS LIMIT OR PROHIBIT SUCH EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES OR
LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES AND SO THE FOREGOING EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY MAY NOT APPLY
TO YOU.

GOVERNING LAW
These Terms of Use and Legal Notice are governed by the laws of France. The operation and use of the training course is governed by
the laws of the country that governs your employment contract, if applicable. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notice,
or the application thereto to a person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable by law, statute or a court of competent
jurisdiction, for any reason, then such provision shall be modified and/or superseded by a provision that reflects the intent of the
original provision as closely as possible. All other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notice shall remain in full force and
effect. You may not assign these Terms of Use or any permission granted hereunder without Alcatel-Lucents prior written
consent. Nothing herein shall be deemed an employment agreement or an offer of employment or an alteration in any way of a users
terms of employment with or within Alcatel-Lucent.
Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Course outline

Welcome to UTRAN
1. W-CDMA 4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
R99 Algorithms Description
1. 9300
UA08 UTRAN Parameters
W-CDMA R99and Objects Description
Algorithms
5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
2. UTRAN Configuration
3. Services
1. W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description 6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
1. UTRAN
4. Measurements Parameters and Objects
2. UTRAN Configuration 7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
5. Call Admission
3. Services
6. Power Management
4. Measurements
7. Call Management
5. Call Admission
8. Mobility in Reselection
6. Power Management
9. Mobility in SHO
7. Call Management
10. 8.Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
Mobility in Reselection
11. 9.Inter-Carrier
Mobility in SHO Mobility at RRC Connection
12. 10.
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
11. Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
12. Abbreviations and Acronyms

3 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


@@PRODUCT
@@COURSENAME

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Course objectives

UTRAN
Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

UA08 9300 the


- describe W-CDMA R99
organization of Algorithms Description
UTRAN parameters
- evaluate the impact of parameter modifications
- completion
Upon describe the of UTRAN Configuration
this course, you shouldManagement
be able to: process and tools
- describe main measurements purpose and use
- describe Compressed Mode principles, implementation, configuration, and
impacts
describe on other UTRAN
the organization features
of UTRAN parameters
- describe the mobility in Idle and the associated parameters: Cell Selection, Cell reselection
evaluate the impact of parameter modifications
- describe the call establishment and the associated parameters: RAB Matching, IRM RAB to
describe the UTRAN
RB Mapping, Configuration
CAC, CELL_FACH Management
admission process and tools
- describe the packet data management
describe the main measurement purposes and use principles: Always On, Rb Rate Adaptation, iRM
Scheduling, iRM Preemption and associated parameters
describe Compressed
- describe powerMode principles,and
management implementation, configuration,
control with the associatedand impacts on other UTRAN features
parameters
- describe Handover types and purpose: SHO, Alarm Handovers, iMCTA algorithm
describe the mobility in Idle and the associated parameters: Cell Selection, Cell reselection

Course content
describe the call establishment and the associated parameters: RAB Matching, IRM RAB to RB Mapping, CAC,
1 UTRAN Parameters and Objects
CELL_FACH admission
1 UTRAN Parameters and Objects
describe
2 UTRAN the packet data management principles: Always On, Rb Rate Adaptation, iRM Scheduling, iRM
Configuration
Preemption
3 Services and associated parameters
4 Measurements
describe power management and control with the associated parameters
5 Call Admission
describe
6 Power Handover types and purpose: SHO, Alarm Handovers, iMCTA algorithm
Management
4
7 Call Management
@@PRODUCT
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

7 Call Management
@@COURSENAME

Your feedback is appreciated!


Please feel free to Email your comments to:

training.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com

Please include the following training reference in your email:


TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

Thank you!

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 1
UTRAN Parameters and Objects
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 1
Blank page

112 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the organization of UTRAN parameters

113 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

114 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 UTRAN Configuration Overview 7


1.1 UTRAN Configuration Process & Tools 8
1.2 Customer Input Questionnaire 9
1.3 UTRAN CM Solution Overview 10
1.4 UTRAN CM XML Files Exchange 11
2 Organization of UTRAN Parameters 12
2.1 UTRAN Objects Mapping 13
2.2 UTRAN Parameter Domain 14
2.3 RAN Parameter Types 15
2.4 RAN Attribute Activation Classes 17
2.5 RAN Object Activation Classes 18
2.6 RRM Subtree 19
2.7 Configuration Classes Instantiation 20

115 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

116 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 6
1 UTRAN configuration overview

117 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.1 UTRAN configuration process & tools
Planning
Activities

ATM
RF
ND IP

Provisioning
Activities WPS for Access

OA&M
Activities

Configuration Data
Main Server

118 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This process describes how to configure UTRAN Network Elements (NEs) during a deployment phase. The main
steps are the following:
Planning Activities:
Check UTRAN CIQs consistency
Provide neighboring XML files for cell planning
Provide the last WPS templates and ATM Profile
Provisioning Activities:
Generate full configuration with WPS
Export XML files from WPS
Operation Administration & Maintenance Activities:
Load configuration data into their respective NEs
Build the database (MIB) of the RNS and make sure all the local pieces of information are up-to-date.
Perform real-time adjustments to the initial network configuration.
Note:
These steps do not necessarily apply to other contexts such as introduction of new features, addition of new NEs,
network optimization, etc.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 8
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.2 Customer Input Questionnaire (CIQ)
Network system definition
Engineering rules
Network requirements
Addressing rules
Deployment constraints
...
...

A
T
RRM Parameters A M Para
T
RRM ParametersrsA M Para meters
e sTM Par meter

D si n
t e

k De sig
RRM Parameters
ram ete

ig n
r ame s

es g
a

or rk De
P P

n
m s ters
I Para eter

tw o rk
P m s
I Para ter

Ne tw o
N etw
I P ra m e e rs
a t
FP me

N
.
.. R Para

e

F
R




Operator Engineering
Teams Teams
CIQ (Core, Local)

119 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Customer Input Questionnaire is a repository where all parameter values and configuration data required for
the later datafill of the UTRAN subsystem are stored.
As mentioned in the document header: "The CIQ is used by the Wireless Network Engineering team, Regional
Engineering and deployment personnel to better understand the customer requirements.
Each manager of a Local Engineering team (in relation with the other activity groups) is in charge of filling his own
part of the CIQ along with the operator:
RadioFrequency (RF) staff fills RF parameters. The RF team can also provide XML files coming from any cell
planning tool such as iPlanner.
IP engineering staff fills the IP addresses.
ATM engineering staff fills the ATM parameters.
Etc.

The UTRAN CIQ template highlights for each parameter the domain it belongs to (Design, IP, ATM, etc.).
At WPS level, the UTRAN datafill engineer is in charge of checking the consistency and completeness of the UTRAN
CIQs.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 9
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.3 UTRAN CM solution overview

Wireless Network Management System

Off-
Off-line On-
On-line
WPS Access
Main Server

XML Files

XML

Open BTS
Engineering Tools I-Node C-Node
Interface
RNC NodeB

Provisioning OA&M

1 1 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For the UMTS Access Network, Wireless-Network Management System provides two complementary sets of
configuration tools:
An off-line configuration tool to support network engineering.
An on-line configuration tool to support network operations.
These two toolkits fully inter-work and provide a consistent user environment for the engineering and operations
staff.
Off-lineconfiguration is designed to support efficient bulk configuration of the UTRAN by the engineering staff.
Users can import, modify and export data, both from the UMTS access network and from 3rd party engineering
tools (such as iPlanner). Off-line Configuration delivers a seamless network-engineering environment from initial
network design through to actual network configuration.
On-lineconfiguration has been designed to change the configuration of the UTRAN in real-time. Not adapted to
bulk configuration, the On-line configuration mainly concerns specific operations such as extending the
network, adding NEs, etc.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 10
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.4 UTRAN CM XML files exchange

WPS

S D
XML snapshots
Import/Export

Import/Export

WPS Import S WNMS Export

WPS Export D WNMS Import


Main server
XML Workorders
S D
Live network

WPS

1 1 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

S = Snapshot & D = Delta

At any time during the network building steps, the datafiller can export part of his work towards other platforms.
The following Configuration Management (CM) files can be exported:
Snapshots

Work orders
According to the option selected, the result of the export will be very different:
Exportingthe current state of the network as a snapshot means merging the elementary operations performed
by the work orders with the initial snapshot. As WPS says: the current planning view is the result of the
execution of work orders on the initial snapshot.
Exporting the work order means gathering all the elementary operations performed upon a snapshot into a CM
file for further use (other WPS platforms, W-NMS).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 11
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters

1 1 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.1 UTRAN objects mapping

FDDCell /0 BTSCell /0

NodeB BTSEquipment

FDDCell /1 BTSCell /1

RNC

CN IN PP15K -IN

RNCEquipment

Logical Configuration Hardware Equipment

1 1 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RAN model is split into two parts:


Hardware Equipment: this part groups all elements (parameters) that define the equipment (BTS) and the
Passport module (Pmod). It is the physical part of that model.
Logical Configuration: this other part groups all elements that define the Node B and RNC logical configuration.
It is called logical part because it defines the software for logical radio sectors and logical RNC nodes.
To create a link between the Hardware Equipment (physical part) and the Logical Configuration (logical part), it is
necessary to link several elements from both parts. For example, to link the logical sectors to the physical
equipment, the user has to attach a BTSCell (physical part) to one FddCell (logical part). This specific operation is
called Mapping.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 13
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.2 UTRAN parameter domain

MIB

RAN Model
Based
NodeB
Control
Node
W-NMS
WiPS
MIB

Passport
Based
Access Interface
Node Node

1 1 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Two different types of parameters are designed to configure a UMTS Access Network:
Control Node, Node B and RAN parameters
Interface Node, Access Node and Passport parameters
Changing parameter values may impact the behavior of the live network.
For RAN parameters, the impact triggered by a parameter modification is strongly linked with the parameter classes
(see next slide).
For Passport parameters, it is not always easy to predict the impact of a parameter modification. Possible
consequences are:
nothing

reset of an interface
reset of a module
reset of a node

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 14
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.3 RAN parameter types

RNC OMC

Static

Non-Static Customer

Example:

1 1 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

There are two main kinds of parameters in the Alcatel-Lucent system: static and configuration parameters.

The static parameters have the following characteristics:


They have a fixed value and cannot be modified at the Access OAM.
They are part of the network element load.
A new network element needs to be reloaded and built in order to change their values.
They cannot be modified by the customer.

The configuration parameters have the following characteristic: they are contained in the Access OAM database.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 15
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.3 RAN parameter types [cont.]

The customer parameters have been reviewed and tagged with the following rules:
System_restricted:
Parameters which should not be modified in live networks. Proposal also to align the settings for these
parameters on WNE templates at upgrade
Customer_setting:
Parameters which have to be set by the customer, either due to design or to activate optional features
Expert_tuning:
Parameters which can be modified by the customer, but with a specific support from Alcatel-Lucent, because of
the complexity or sensitivity of this parameter with respect to QoS.
Customer_tuning:
Parameters which can be modified by the customer, without specific support from Alcatel-Lucent

1 1 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This table gives an overview of the number of parameters in UA07:


Count of Object User
Domain Class Customer Manufacturer Grand Total
BTS 0 87 44 131
2 2 2
3 310 3 313
BTS Total 399 47 446
RNC 0 177 16 193
2 97 97
3 1918 8 1926
RNC Total 2192 24 2216
Grand Total 2591 71 2662
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 16
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.4 RAN attribute activation classes
Class 0
Activation classes apply to
Customer and Manufacturer parameters

MIB

Class 2
MIB build required
(most common case)

Class 3 (A1, A2, B)

lock/unlock required

On-line modification allowed

1 1 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Class0: value set at object creation. Parameters require a build to be implemented on the NEs large impact on
system
Class2: parameters require a lock of the object(or its parent object) in order to change the parameter value - slight
impact on system
Class3: the parameter can be changed online without impact on the service. Three sub-classes are derived from
Class 3:
Class 3-A1: new value is immediately taken into account.
Class 3-A2: new value is taken into account upon event reception (service establishment, SRLR, LCS, etc.).
Class 3-B: new value is taken into account for next calls.
Customer: the parameter is configurable from the OMC and seen by the operator
Manufacturer: the parameter is configurable from the OMC and only seen by Alcatel-Lucent engineering teams

Example:

MO Name MO Attribute Name Class

PowerPartConfClass CallAdmissionRatio 3-a1

HSDPACellClass maximumNumberOfUsers 3-a2

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 17
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.5 RAN object activation classes
Not Allowed
On-line Creation / Deletion behavior

Allowed With Parent MIB

MIB build required

Allowed With Lock

Parent modification required

Allowed
Lock/unlock required

On-line modification allowed

1 1 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The object activation class defines the object behavior with respect to the create online and delete online
operations.
Not Allowed: the object cannot be created/deleted online. A build is required.
AllowedWith Parent: the object can be created/deleted online but the operation requires the creation/deletion
of the parent.
Allowed With Lock: the object can be created/deleted online but the operation requires locking the object or
one of its ancestors in the containment tree.
Allowed: the object can be created/deleted online.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 18
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.6 RRM subtree
RNC

RadioAccessService

DedicatedConf

ConfigurationClassX ConfigurationClassY ConfigurationClassZ

InstanceN InstanceN InstanceN

Instance...
Instance...
Instance...
Instance...
Instance3
Instance3
Instance2
Instance2
Instance2

Instance1 Instance1 Instance1

1 1 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Radio Resource Management is an essential piece of the RNC controlling the radio resources allocated to the users.
The RadioAccessService object is the root of the RRM architecture. It includes a set of parameters that apply to the
whole Radio Network Subsystem.
Some of the parameters of the RRM tree are stored in libraries composed of Configuration Classes and Configuration
Classes Instances.
There are 7 Main Configuration Classes, some of them containing children:
CacConfClass

HoConfClass

MeasurementConfClass

NodeBConfClass

PowerConfClass

PowerPartClass

PowerCtrlConClass

Each of these Configuration Classes can have a maximum of 5 different instances. Each instance then corresponds
to a predefined set of parameters (see example next page).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 19
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.7 Configuration classes instantiation

RNC

RadioAccessService

DedicatedConf

MeasurementConfClass PowerConfClass PowerCtrlConfClass PowerPartConfClass HoConfClass CacConfClass

FDDCell

Example

CacConfClass//
CacConfClass 0

firstRlOvsfCodeCacThreshold
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate 85
384
FDDCell
maxUlEstablishmentRbRate 384
64
cacConfId 0
maxUlInterferenceLevel -50.0

1 1 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Configuration Classes are involved in Node B, FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC configuration.


Once all the configuration classes are defined, each FDDcell belonging to the RNC has pointers defined by the
following parameters:
powerConfId

powerPartId

powerCtrlConfId

hoConfId

cacConfId

measurementConfId

In the example above, we can see that each instance of CacConfClass includes a set of predefined parameters.
Each parameter belonging to the CacConfClass object can take a different value under each instance.
For example, the maxUlInterferenceLevel can take values from -112 dBm to -50 dBm according to the selected
instance.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 20
End of module
UTRAN Parameters and Objects

1 1 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 21
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 2
UTRAN Configuration
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 1
Blank page

122 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the RNC configuration and its associated parameters


Describe the Node B configuration and its associated parameters
Describe the neighboring cell configuration and its associated parameters

123 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

124 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 RNC configuration 7
1.1 Identification & capacity 8
2 Node B configuration 9
2.1 FDDCell identifiers 10
2.2 Channel numbers 11
2.3 Scrambling codes 12
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off 13
2.4.1 Switch off description 14
2.4.2 Switch on description 15
2.4.3 RAN model 16
2.5 Node B capacity licensing 17
3 Neighboring cell configuration 19
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell 20
3.1.1 Corresponding RAN model 21
3.2 UMTSFddNeighbouringCell 22
3.3 GsmNeighbouringCell 23
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation 24
3.4.1 Example 25
3.5 SIB11/DCH neighboring lists 26

125 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

126 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 6
1 RNC configuration

127 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 7
1 RNC configuration
1.1 Identification & capacity

serviceGroupId (NodeB)

NodeB

RNC NodeB Iub


NodeB
rncId (RNC)
Iub
NodeB
Iub
RNC

rncId (RNC) NodeB

NodeB

numberOfServicesGroup (RNC) serviceGroupId (Iub)


NodeB

128 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The different RNCs of the network are simply identified by their rncId under the RNC object.

The capacity of the RNC in terms of number of calls, number of supported BTSs and cells depends on two major
factors:
The number of TMUs (hardware configuration)
The software configuration.
The cnodeCapacity parameter is no longer supported from UA06.
From UA06, the service group to which a given Node B is allocated can be specified by the operator
(serviceGroupId parameter of the NodeB object).
It is also possible to know on which TMU an RNC has set a given service group. Thus with these facilities, it is now
possible to modify the affectation of one Node B from a given service group to another one (and consequently from
a PMC-TMU to another one). This possibility may be interesting in order to better balance the load between the
PMC-TMU if needed. Nevertheless, it has to be noticed that the re-affectation of one Node B from a Service Group to
another one implies a loss of service on this Node B.
The number of service groups of an RNC is specified by the numberOfServiceGroups parameter of the RNC
object.
The serviceGroupId parameter of the Iub object specifies which service group this Iub interface is assigned to. All
IubIfs provisioned with the same serviceGroupId will be processed by the same PMC-TMU processor. The
serviceGroupId provisioned on this IubIf must match the serviceGroupId configured on the RNC NodeB managed
object.

Service group id refers to a given TMU board and that numberOfServicesGroup = total number of TMU boards.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 8
2 Node B configuration

129 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 9
2 Node B configuration
2.1 FDDCell identifiers

Logical Objects Physical Objects


(3GPP) (Alcatel-Lucent)

Operator (OAM)

RNC
NodeB BTSEquipment
rncId (RNC)

+
cellId (FDDCell)
FDDCell BTSCell

=
ucid (FDDCell)
localCellId (FDDCell)
localCellId (BTSCell)

1 2 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The standardization of the Iub interface has driven Alcatel-Lucent to define an object model based on a logical part
and a physical part in order to cope with the multi-vendor configurations:
The logical part of the equipment (Node B and RNC) is managed by the OMC-R.
The physical part of the equipment (BTS) is managed by the OMC-B.
The mapping between the two parts is ensured by the localCellId parameter, coded into 28 bits, found under the
FDDCell and BTSCell objects. It is recommended to have a unique localCellId in the whole network for OAM
purposes, to prevent problems during neighboring declaration.
In the UTRAN, the different cells (part of the Node Bs) are identified uniquely by their ucid.
This ucid contains the identifier of the RNC, the rncId, coded into 12 bits, defined under the RNC object and also the
cellId, coded into 16 bits, defined under the FDDCell object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 10
2 Node B configuration
2.2 Channel numbers

RNC
NodeB
Operator (OAM)

FDDCell

dlFrequencyNumber (FDDCell) ulFrequencyNumber (FDDCell)

ITU Region UL (MHz) UARFCN DL (MHz) UARFCN

1 and 3 1920-1980 9612-9888 2110-2170 10562-10838

2 1850-1910 9262-9538 1930-1990 9662-9938

1 2 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The frequency of a carrier is defined:


in uplink by the ulFrequencyNumber parameter.
in downlink by the dlFrequencyNumber parameter.
Both parameters correspond to the UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) where: UARFCN =
5 * Frequency (MHz).
UTRAN is designed to operate with the following Tx-Rx frequency separation:
ITU Region 1 & 3; duplex shift = 190 MHz
ITU Region 2; duplex shift = 80 MHz
However, it is possible to have a channel separation which is different from these standard values, due to the
channel raster.
The channel raster is 200 kHz, which means that the center frequency must be an integer multiple of 200 kHz.
The nominal channel spacing is 5 MHz, but this can be adjusted to optimize performance in a particular deployment
scenario.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 11
2 Node B configuration
2.3 Scrambling codes

primaryScramblingCode (FDDCell)
aichScramblingCode(RACH)
sccpchDlScramblingCode(SCCPCH)

Scrambling code NodeB

Channelizationcode 1

User 1 signal

Channelizationcode 2

User 2 signal

Channelizationcode 3

User 3 signal

1 2 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A UE is surrounded by Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs), all of which transmit on the same W-CDMA frequency.
It must be able to discriminate between the different cells of different base stations and listen to only one set of
channel codes. Therefore, two types of codes are used:
DLChannelization Code.
The user data are spread synchronously with different channelization codes. The orthogonality properties of
OVSF enables the UE to recover each of its bits without being disturbed by other user channels.
DLScrambling Code.
Scrambling is used for cell identification.

Scrambling Code parameters


The Primary Scrambling Code (P-SC) of each cell is set with the primaryScramblingCode parameter of the
FDDCell object. The range of the P-SC must be between 0 and 511. On the Iub interface, the system will convert
this value (defined as i) using the following formula: P-SC = 16*i.
When Secondary SCq are not in use, the aichScramblingCode and the sccpchDlScramblingCode must be set to 0.
The 0 value will define the AICH Scrambling Code = the Primary SC and the S-CCPCH Scrambling Code = the
Primary SC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 12
2 Node B configuration
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off

The Automatic Carrier Switch Off intends to automatically shut down


the secondary carrier(s) on an STSR X+Y Node B site in case of:
low traffic
AC mains failure isAutomaticSwitchOff(FDDCell)

MCPA F1 F1 Overlay Carrier


to be switched off

MCPA F2 F2Base Carrier


softShutdownTimer
(Shutdownconfclass)
Carrier switch off steps:
1. Cell barring is activated preventing new calls on the cell
2. When the softShutdownTimer expires, the CPICH power and max Tx
power of the cell will be reduced forcing users to handoff to other cells /
carriers
3. The cell is deleted and the PA is switched off
1 2 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

ACSO: Automatic Carrier Switch Off

The automatic carrier shutdown in case of low traffic is supported:


on STSR X+Y Node B where a sector is served by two MCPAs or two TRDUs.
on STSR X+Y configurations with 2 RRHs per sector where a sector is served by 2 MCPAs.

The automatic switch off configurations allowed are STSR 1+1, STSR 2+1 and STSR 2+2.

The automatic carrier shutdown in case of power supply alarm is supported on STSR x+y with AC supply.

The procedure used to unload the cells of a carrier to be shut down is the same as the one used by the Node B Soft
Shutdown feature available from UA06.

The automatic reconfiguration of the remaining carrier for HSDPA support is in restriction.
This means that if R99 is configured on F1 & HSxPA on F2 on a STSR1+1 configuration, when F2 will be shut down,
the customer will lose the HSxPA coverage.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 13
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.1 Switch off description
choiceOfFormulaForSwitchOff(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

Triggering based on power amplification

baseAndOverlayCellPowerThres
holdForSwitchOff(autoSwitchO
overlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff ffConfClass)
(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

F1 PA Occupancy
F1 + F2 PA Occupancy

And/or triggering based on cell load

RL Load on F1 < OverlayCellLoadThresholdForSwi


F1 tchOff(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

baseAndOverlayCellLoadThres
RL Load on F1 + F2 < holdForSwitchOff(autoSwitchO
F2 ffConfClass)

1 2 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Feature benefits:

ACSO in case of low traffic allows saving energy during off-peak hours: when all the cells relating to a particular
Power Amplifier of a Node B are switched off, then the Node B will switch off the Power Amplifier (the Power
Amplifier is in standby mode : the radio power module is switched off, while the digital unit remains alive).

ACSO in case of AC mains failures allows saving battery energy in degraded conditions: when the Node B PA
loses AC mains power, backup battery takes over and the node B informs the RNC that this event occurred.
The RNC starts to switch off all the cells relating to that PA. Once all the cells are switched off, the Node B will
switch off the PA.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 14
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.2 Switch on description

Switch on when:

baseCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOn
(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

F2 or Base Cell PA Occupancy

And/or triggering based on cell load

F1 baseCellLoadThreshold
RL Load on Overlay Cell F2 > ForSwitchOn(autoSwitc
hOffConfClass)

F2

1 2 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 15
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.3 RAN model
BTSEquipment
RNC
paSwitchOffActivationOnAcFailure
SamplingRateForAutoCarrierSwitchOffMeasur
e

RadioAccessService
NodeB
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled

FDDCell
isAutomaticSwitchOff
cellIdForSwicthOn ShutdownConfClass 132 AutoSwitchOffConfClass 132
shutdownConfClassId
autoSwitchOffConfClassId softShutdownTimer IsAlarmGenerated
isHSxPAToBeReconfigured cellShrinkStep shutdownConfClassId
cellShrinkStepDuration filterCoefficientForSwitchOff
IsEmergencyCallChecked filterCoefficientForSwitchOn
additionalTimerForEmergencyCall startTimeValiditySwitchOff
endTimeValiditySwitchOff
Weighting fators (W1-W18)
baseCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOn
baseAndOverlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff
baseCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOn
overlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff
choiceOfFormulaForSwitchOff
baseAndOverlayCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOff
overlayCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOff

1 2 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 16
2 Node B configuration
2.5 Node B capacity licensing

Node B
Per OMC capacity licenses

License keys OMC


server Spare capacity
License keys
Capacity dispatched to the
management BTS
NodeBs capacity controlled
via licensing capacity
parameters

R99 CE capacity
xTRM
xTRM i or
Node B xCEM/eCEM HSDPA capacity
Node B MCPA RRH
Node B EDCH capacity
Node B

Activation of second carrier


Remaining H/W Capacity PA Power

S/W allowed Capacity RRH power Number of carriers

1 2 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This feature provides the technical base for Pay-as-you-grow commercial schemes. With a licensing scheme in
place, the operator can order HW with a reduced capacity and subsequently purchase licenses for additional
capacity.
Node B capacity licenses are per OMC; the operator can distribute capacity between controlled BTSs via licensing
parameters.
The following Node B capacity aspects are managed in UA06 via this feature: CEM R99 capacity, CEM HSDPA
capacity, CEM HSUPA capacity, xTRM capacity, RRH capacity, PA power and RRH power.
Additional capacity license is OMC wide and can be distributed between the controlled BTSs (intra-OMC). There is no
exchange of licenses between OMCs.
License file: it is a file describing the total capacity (temporary or permanent) allocated for all BTSs of a given OMC.
This file is protected by a digital signature.
HW Capacities: The customer can purchase HW and capacities independently.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 17
2 Node B configuration
2.5 Node B capacity licensing [cont.]

BtsEquipment

Capacity PaResource RemoteRadioHeader BTSHsdpaResource HsXpaResource


maxPowerAmplification*

r99NumberCECapacityLicensing hsdpaMaxThroughputHbbu*
hSDPANumberUserCapacityLicensing
PaResourceRRH hsdpaMaxThroughputXcem
hSDPAThroughputCapacityLicensing
maxRrhPowerAmplification
edchNumberUserCapacityLicensing edchMaxThroughputXcem

edchThroughputCapacityLicensing edchMaxThroughputEcem

xtrmCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhTrduThirdCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhNumberFrequency
additionalRadioPerSectorCapacityLicensing
paPowerCapacityLicensing

1 2 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

additionalRadioPerSectorCapacityLicensing controls the number of additional radios that can be configured on


each sector.

The existing UA06 parameter (rrhCarrierCapacityLicensing) represents from UA07 the number of tokens to
allow the configuration of the second carriers of RRH and TRDU and supplementary carriers (3rd and 4th) if all
second carriers have been configured.
The new parameter (rrhTrduThirdCarrierCapacityLicensing) defines the number of supplementary 3rd or
supplementary (4rth) Rx carriers allowed for the pool of RRHs and TRDUs.

If the 2nd carrier capacity licensing is infinite, the 3rd carrier capacity licensing becomes obsolete and all 2nd and
supplementary carriers will be configured following the pseudo parameter rrhNumberFrequency.

[xCEM][eCEM] The maximal capacity can be further controlled (limited) by the parameter
hsdpaMaxThroughputXcem.
For xCEM and eCEM, the processing resources can be configured accordingly with the license agreement via
edchMaxThroughputXcem and edchMaxThroughputEcem which indicates the maximum throughput in kbps
that can be used for E-DCH traffic (MAC-e layer).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 18
3 Neighboring cell configuration

1 2 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 19
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell

RNC1 RNC2
C must be declared as B must be declared as
RemoteFDDCell in RNC1 RemoteFDDCell in RNC2

controls controls

FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell


A B C D

GSMCell GSMCell
E F

E must be declared as F must be declared as


GSMCell in RNC1 GSMCell in RNC2

BSC

1 2 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Adjacency between cells (also called Neighboring relation between cells) represents a couple of cells (A and B)
relation where Cell Reselection and/or Soft Handover procedures can be performed from one cell A called Source cell
or Serving cell towards another cell B called Target Cell.
An adjacency is therefore a directional relation between two cells and should rather be noted (A->B).
Adjacencies managed by an RNC can be of 3 kinds:
3G->3G adjacencies where the 3G Target cell is controlled by the same RNC as the CRNC of the Serving cell.
3G->3G adjacencies where the 3G Target cell is controlled by another RNC than the CRNC of the Serving cell.
In this case, a new RemoteFDDCell object must created in the RNC object tree of the CRNC of the Serving cell.
This RemoteFDDCell object shall represent the Target 3G cell in the CRNC of the Serving cell.
3G->2G adjacencies
In this case, a new GSMCell object must created in the RNC object tree of the CRNC of the Serving cell. This
GSMCell object shall represent the 2G Target cell in the CRNC of the Serving cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 20
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell
3.1.1 Corresponding RAN model

RNC/1

NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0 GSMNeighbour/0

FDDCell/A FDDCell/B RemoteFDDCell/C GSMCell/E

1 2 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

All RemoteFDDCell objects of an RNC are grouped under the UmtsNeighbouring child object of this RNC.
All GSMCell objects of an RNC are grouped under the GSMNeighbour child object of this RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 21
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.2 UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
RNC1 RNC2

Same identifier between


adjacency and 3G target Cell

RNC/1 FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell


A B C

NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0

FDDCell / A FDDCell/B RemoteFDDCell / C

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / A UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / C

1 2 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, two 3G->3G adjacencies are defined:


B->A where both serving cell B and target cell A are controlled by the same RNC1.
B->C where serving cell B is controlled by RNC1 and target cell C is controlled by RNC2.

B->A adjacency:
FDDcellB and FDDCellA objects being defined under RNC1, the B->A adjacency is configured by creating under
FDDCellB a child object UMTSFddNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel parameter value set to A.

B->C adjacency:
FDDcellB object being defined under RNC1 and FDDCellC object under RNC2, the B->C adjacency is configured in
two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a RemoteFDDCell object instance having its userLabel parameter set to C.
2. by creating under FDDCellB a child object UMTSFddNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel
parameter value set to C.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 22
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.3 GsmNeighbouringCell
RNC1

Same identifier between


adjacency and 2G target Cell

RNC/1 FDDCell FDDCell


A B

GSMCell
E
NodeB/x GSMNeighbour/0

FDDCell/B GSMCell / E

GsmNeighbouringCell / E

1 2 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, a 3G->2G adjacency is defined: B->E.

B->E adjacency:
FDDcellB object being defined under RNC1, the B->E adjacency is configured in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a GSMCell object instance having its userLabel parameter set to E.
2. by creating under FDDCellB a child object GsmNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel parameter value
set to E.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 23
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation
RNC1
Object Class for
adjacency based
Cell selection and SHO
parameters

Outdoor Outdoor
RNC/1 Cell Cell

Indoor Indoor Indoor


UmtsNeighbouring/0 Cell Cell Cell

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/indoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/indoor->indoor

1 2 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the UMTS network, some radio parameters used for Cell Reselection and Soft Handover procedures are defined at
Adjacency level. In order to limit the size of the Parameter Database in the RNC, these parameters cannot be set
per 3G->3G adjacency object (UMTSFddNeighbouringCell) but per Object Class object called
UMTSNeighbouringRelation as one dont expect to have very different values from one adjacency to another. Values
usually differ according to the network design, morphostructure and traffic mix in a certain network area.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 24
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation
3.4.1 Example
RNC1

RNC/1

Outdoor Outdoor
FDDCell FDDCell
NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0 A B

Indoor
Cell C

FDDCell/A UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / B UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / C
umtsNeighRelationId umtsNeighRelationId
= UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor = UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

1 2 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, two 3G->3G adjacencies are defined:


A->B where both serving cell A and target cell B are outdoor cells.
A->C where serving cell A is an outdoor cell and target cell C is an indoor one.

A->B adjacency:
A->B Cell Reselection parameters shall be set to the Outdoor->Outdoor type of reselection. Therefore, the
configuration shall be done in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a UmtsNeighbouringRelation object instance having its userLabel parameter set to
Outdoor->Outdoor (for instance).
2. by setting for UMTSFddNeighbouringCellB child object of FDDCellA its umtsNeighRelationId parameter value
set to Outdoor->Outdoor.

A->C adjacency:
A->C Cell Reselection parameters shall be set to the Outdoor->Indoor type of reselection. Therefore, the
configuration shall be done in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a UmtsNeighbouringRelation object instance having its userLabel parameter set to
Outdoor->Indoor (for instance).
2. by setting for UMTSFddNeighbouringCellC child object of FDDCellA its umtsNeighRelationId parameter value
set to Outdoor->Indoor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 25
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.5 SIB11/DCH neighboring lists
isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
NodeB isEnhancedSib11Allowed
SI broadcast (FDDCell)
P-CCPCH

OR DCH DCH
UE
Measurement Control DCH DCH DCH
SIB1 SIB1
RRC 1 1
+ +
DCH SIB1 DCH
1
DCH + DCH
SIB1 DCH SIB1
sib11AndDchNeighboringFddCellAlgo 1 1
DCH + + DCH
(FDDCell) SIB1 DCH DCH SIB1
1 FDDCel 1
classic +
DCH SIB1 l SIB1
+
DCH
manual DCH +
1
+
1
DCH
DCH SIB1 DCH
DCH 1+ DCH
sib11OrDchUsage (UMTSFddNeighboringCell) SIB1 DCH SIB1
1 1
sib11OrDchUsage (GSMNeighbouringCell) + +
DCH DCH
DCH DCH DCH
sib11AndDch
sib11Usage DCH DCH
dchUsage

1 2 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Neighboring:
DCH: max 96 (32 intra-freq + 32 inter-freq + 32 GSM)
Idle, PCH, FACH: max (intra-freq+inter-freq+GSM)
Max 96 if isEnhancedSib11Allowed = True
Max 48 if isEnhancedSib11Allowed = False
isSib11MeasReportingAllowed:

True: the UE will use intra-freq neighboring in SIB11/SIB12 in DCH state (in addition to idle, PCH, FACH)
until it receives the list in an RRC measurement control message.
False: when the UE enters the DCH state, it must wait for the RRC measurement control message to get
the measurement list.

If isEnhancedSib11Allowed is set to FALSE, the SIB11 neighboring list shall usually be a subset of the Cell_DCH
connected mode neighboring list.
The algorithm used to build SIB11 and RRC Measurement Control, for 3G frequency measurements is set by the
value of sib11AndDchNeighbouringFddCellAlgo:
classic (or unset): no distinction between SIB11 and DCH neighboring lists.

manual: the RNC reads sib11OrDchUsage to compute the neighboring lists

automatic: the RNC automatically chooses intra-frequency neighboring cells broadcasted in SIB11 (not
supported in this release).
Manual algorithm is preferred to declare and control correctly the list of neighboring cells, thus allowing to make
differentiation between the configuration of SIB11 neighborhood (i.e. while in idle, PCH and Cell_FACH modes) and
Cell_DCH connected mode neighborhood.
The differentiation is set through the SIB11OrDchUsage parameter on each UmtsFddNeighbouringCell and
GsmNeighbouringCell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 26
End of module
UTRAN Configuration

1 2 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 27
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 3
Services
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 1
Blank page

132 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the mono-RAB user services supported


Describe the multi-RAB user services supported
Describe how to configure either the mono-rate or multi-rate AMR service

133 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

134 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Radio bearers 7
1.1 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) 8
1.2 Conversational radio bearers 9
1.3 Streaming radio bearers 10
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers 11
2 Services 13
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services - examples 14
2.1.1 DCH 16
2.1.2 HSxPA 17
3 Multi-rate AMR 19
3.1 AMR NB configurations 20
3.2 AMR NB TB definition 21
3.3 AMR WB TB definition 22
3.4 UL AMR codec mode adaptation 23
3.5 Multi-rate AMR activation NB and WB 24
3.6 Multi-Rate AMR call setup 25

135 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

136 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 6
1 Radio bearers

137 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 7
1 Radio bearers
1.1 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs)

RNC

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI


Signaling (DCH) SRB_3_4K_DCH 40 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_3_4K_DCH 40 ms

Signaling (DCH) SRB_13_6K_DCH 10 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_13_6K_DCH 10 ms


Signaling (FACH) SRB_CellFACH N.A. Signaling (FACH) SRB_CellFACH N.A.

Signaling (DCH) SRB_5_AMR 40 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_5_AMR 40 ms

Signaling (DCH) SRB_EDCH 10 ms

138 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

SRB_CellFACH is used for:


Registration (LA/RA/URA/Cell Update)
Detach

Originating Low Priority Signaling (Originating SMS)


Terminating Low Priority Signaling (Terminating SMS)
SRB_3_4K_DCH is used for Emergency call.
SRB_13_6K_DCH is used for any other causes before Traffic RB(s) is (are) setup:
Originating/Terminating conversational call
Originating/Terminating streaming call
Originating/Terminating interactive call
Originating/Terminating background call
Call re-establishment
Inter-RAT cell reselection
Inter-RAT cell change order
Originating/Terminating High Priority Signaling
Terminating cause unknown
SRB__EDCH is used for HSUPA Category 6 UE using a minimum 2xSF2+2xSF4 configuration and if 2ms TTI is used.

The SRB #5 for AMR rate control (SRB_5_AMR) is not supported in UA07. Thus, the flag isSrb5Allowed must be set
to false.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 8
1 Radio bearers
1.2 Conversational radio bearers
RNC

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

DownLink Radio Bearers UpLink Radio Bearers


Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_LR 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_LR 20 ms

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_NB 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_NB 20 ms

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_WB 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_WB 20 ms

Conversational (CSD) CS_14_4K 40 ms Conversational (CSD) CS_14_4K 40 ms

Conversational (CSD) CS_57_6K 40 ms Conversational (CSD) CS_57_6K 40 ms

Conversational (VT) CS_64K 20 ms Conversational (VT) CS_64K 20 ms

Conversational (Scudif) CS_64K_Scudif 20 ms Conversational (Scudif) CS_64K_Scudif 20 ms

139 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The standard voice call consists of two narrowband (300-3400 Hz) sound channels, one in each direction, and that
operate independently.
CS_AMR_NB stands for AMR Narrow Band RB for which AMR NB voice codecs used allow a DL SF of 128 if AMR
RAB is not multiplexed with another RAB.
CS_AMR_LR stands for AMR Low Rate RB for which AMR LB voice codecs used allow a DL SF of 256 if AMR RAB
is not multiplexed with another RAB.
CS_14_4K RB corresponds to the CS data service also provided in GSM networks.
CS_57_6K RB corresponds to the CS data service also provided in HSCSD GSM networks.
CS_64K RB corresponds to the Video Call service not available in GSM networks.

CSD= Conversational Data Service


VT=Video Transmission

Note: CS_64K_Scudif RB Switching between Video and Speech is optionally supported from UA07.1.2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 9
1 Radio bearers
1.3 Streaming radio bearers

RNC

RadioAccessServic
e

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

Streaming PS_64K_STR 40 ms Streaming PS_32K_STR 20 ms

Streaming PS_128K_STR 20 ms Streaming PS_64K_STR 40 ms

Streaming PS_256K_STR 20 ms Streaming PS_128K_STR 20 ms

Streaming PS_384K_STR 10 ms

Streaming PS_HSDSCH_STR 2ms

1 3 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS_xxx_STR RB >= 256 kbps are provided for High Quality streaming services which require a higher bandwidth.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 10
1 Radio bearers
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers
Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI
PS_0K_IB N.A. PS_0K_IB N.A.

PS_0K_IB_MUX N.A. PS_0K_IB_MUX N.A.

PS_0K_IB_MUX3 N.A. PS_0K_IB_MUX3 N.A.

PS_8K_IB 40 ms PS_8K_IB 40 ms

PS_8K_IB_MUX 40 ms PS_8K_IB_MUX 40 ms

PS_16K_IB 40 ms PS_8K_IB_MUX3 40 ms
Interactive/
Interactive/ PS_32K_IB 40 ms PS_16K_IB 40 ms
Background
Background PS_64K_IB 20 ms PS_32K_IB 40 ms

PS_64K_IB_MUX 20 ms PS_32K_IB_MUX 40 ms

PS_64K_IB_MUX3 20 ms PS_32K_IB_MUX3 40 ms

PS_128K_IB 20 ms PS_64K_IB 40 ms

PS_128K_IB_MUX 20 ms PS_64K_IB_MUX 20 ms

PS_128K_IB_MUX3 20 ms PS_64K_IB_MUX3 20 ms
PS_256K_IB 10 ms

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

1 3 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS_xx_IB_MUX RB corresponds to a UE having simultaneously several PS RABs established.


There might be several situations during which UTRAN is required to manage 2 simultaneous PS
Interactive/Background RABs for a given user identified by a single RRC connection:
A user activates a primary PDP context and a secondary PDP context in order to open bearers with different
qualities of service towards a given Access Point Name (APN).
A user activates two primary PDP contexts, each of them corresponding to a different APN.
In case of 2 PS RAB configuration, the 2 RLC flows are multiplexed at MAC layer into a single Mac-d flow.
Example: PDP 1
RAB 1
PDP 2
RAB 2 DCCH

DL 64 DL 64 DL
3,4

DCH DCH
DL 64 DL
SF32 3,4

DPCH
SF32

UA08: new RAB combinations:


This feature introduces the new RAB combinations:

3 PS I/B RABs handling over HSUPA/HSDPA (E-DCH/HS-DSCH)

3 PS I/B over HSDPA (one streaming RAB + 2 PS I/B)

3 PS I/B Mux over DCH

UL 384+384 Mux (the existing support is only 128+128 Mux for UL)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 11
1 Radio bearers
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers [cont.]

Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI


PS_384K_IB 10 ms PS_128K_IB 20 ms

PS_384K_IB_MUX 10 ms PS_128K_IB_MUX 20 ms

PS_HSDCH_IB 2 ms PS_128K_IB_MUX3 20 ms
Interactive/
PS_HSDCH_IB_MUX 2 ms PS_384K_IB 10 ms
Background
Interactive/
PS_HSDCH_IB_MUX3 2 ms PS_384K_IB_MUX 10 ms
Background
TRB_CellFACH N.A. PS_384K_IB_MUX3 10 ms

TRB_CellFACH_MUX N.A. PS_EDCH 10 or 2 ms

TRB_CellFACH N.A.

TRB_CellFACH_MUX N.A.

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

1 3 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 12
2 Services

1 3 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 13
2 Services
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services - examples
UlUserService

User Service User Service


CS_64KxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_128K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_EDCH_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_EDCHxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB
_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_WBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K

1 3 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Before UA07, CS AMR NB versions were NB1: [12.2, 7.95, 5.9, 4.75] and NB2: [10.2, 6.7, 5.9, 4.75]
From UA07 onwards, CS NB2 becomes [12.2, 7.4, 5.9, 4.75]

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 14
2 Services
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services examples [cont.]
DlUserService

User Service User Service


CS_64KxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K

CS_64KxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_128K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_64K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_128K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K PS_128K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxSRB_3_4K PS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K

1 3 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 15
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.1 DCH

DCH
Stand-alone
CS Conversational speech: AMR_LR, AMR_NB, AMR_WB
CS Conversational VT: 64/64
CS Streaming: 14.4/14.4, 57.6/57.6
PS Streaming DL: 16,32,64,128 UL: 16,64,128,256,384
PS I/B DL: 8,16,32,64,128,256,384 UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
Combination
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B DL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384 UL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B DL: 0,8,16,32,64,128 UL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX DL: 0,64,128,384 UL: 0,64,128
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B MUX DL: 0,64 UL: 0,64,128
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B +) PS Streaming:
PS Streaming DL: 16,64,128,256,384 UL: 16,32,64,128
PS I/B DL: 8 UL: 8,16,64,128,256,384

1 3 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UA08: new RAB combinations:

This feature introduces the new RAB combinations:

3 PS I/B RABs handling over HSUPA/HSDPA (E-DCH/HS-DSCH)

3 PS I/B over HSDPA (one streaming RAB + 2 PS I/B)

3 PS I/B Mux over DCH

UL 384+384 Mux (the existing support is only 128+128 Mux for UL)

Additionally, multi-service configurations are supported with:

CS Voice AMR NB (UL/DL 12.2 kbps or 12.2/7.95/5.9/4.75 kbps or 12.2/7.4/5.9/4.75 kbps, with VAD/DTX)

CS Voice AMR WB (12.65/8.85/6.6 kbps with VAD/DTX)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 16
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.2 HSxPA

HSxPA
Stand-Alone
PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category)
UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA DL: f(HSD UE category)
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
PS Streaming HSDPA/DCH DL: (HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: 16,32,64,128

1 3 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS Streaming on HSDPA
UL: 16, 32, 64, 128
DL: Max Bit Rate depending on UE Category & GBR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 17
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.2 HSxPA [cont.]
Combination
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B HSD/HSU DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 64,128
CS Conv. Speech + PS Streaming HSDPA/DCH DL: (HSD UE category, GBR) UL: 16,32,64,128
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B HSDPA/DCH +) PS Streaming:
PS Streaming (HSDPA or DCH/DCH) DL: 16,64,128,256,384 or f(HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: 16,32,64,128
PS I/B: DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA PS Streaming:
+) DL: 16,64,128,256,384 or f(HSD UE category, GBR)
PS Streaming (HSDPA or DCH/DCH) UL: 16,32,64, E-DCH (f(HSU UE category, TTI,
GBR))
PS I/B:
DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
CS Conv. Speech + PS Streaming HSDPA DL: f(HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI, GBR
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX HSxPA DL: f(HSD UE category
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)

1 3 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 18
3 Multi-rate AMR

1 3 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 19
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.1 AMR NB configurations

2 kinds of AMR Radio Bearers


CS_AMR_LR : CS AMR Low Rate
CS_AMR_NB : CS AMR Narrow Band

AMR Narrow Band AMR Low Rate


Configuration A D E B C
12.2k 12.2k
5.9k
7.95k 7.4k
Supported Bit Rate 12.2k 4.75k
5.9k 5.9k
4.75k
4.75k 4.75
Downlink Spreading Factor 128 256
Uplink Spreading Factor 64 128

multi-rate AMR Configurations


Only configurations A, B and D allow mono-rate AMRConfigurations
speech and coding rate adaptation
1 3 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Multi-rate AMR feature consists of the introduction of a certain number of Multi Mode configurations of the AMR
for the speech service:
A. 12,2 7,95 5,9 4,75
B. 5,9 4,75
C. 4,75
D. 12,2 7,4 5,9 4,75
E. 12,2
All these configurations can be used together with I/B PS services but B and C which are intended to be used with
Spreading Factor 256 in DL, e.g. in capacity limited networks.
Configuration E is intended for legacy purposes. It is the only one which is compatible with the Iu User Plane Frame
protocol V1 (see 3GPP TS 25.415). Other configurations required Iu UP FP V2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 20
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.2 AMR NB TB definition
Number of bits per TTI (20 Class A Class B Class C
AMR Mode
ms) bits bits bits
12.2k 244 81 103 60
10.2k 204 65 99 40
7.95k 159 75 84 0
7.4k (not
148 61 87 0
used)
6.7k 134 58 76 0
5.9k 118 55 63 0
5.15k (not
103 49 54 0
used)
4.95k 95 42 53 0

Quality only based on Class A bits


Protected by CRC
Input for OLPC (SIR target update)

1 3 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

On the radio interface, one dedicated transport channel is established per class of bits, i.e. DCH A for Class A bits,
DCH B for Class B bits and DCH C for Class C bits. Thus, each class can be subject to a different error protection
scheme:
Class
A contains the bits that are most sensitive to errors. Any error in these bits would result in a corrupted
speech frame which would need error correction for proper decoding. It is the only class protected by a CRC.
Classes
B and C contain bits for which increasing error rates gradually reduce the speech quality. However, the
decoding of an erroneous frame can be done without significantly degrading the quality.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 21
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.3 AMR WB TB definition

5 AMR WB codes for telephony

1 3 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The wideband AMR codec consists in 9 sources with bit rates of 23.85k, 23.05, 19.85k, 18.25k, 15.85k, 14.25k,
12.65k, 8.85k and 6.6k. Only 5 modes are used and supported for telephony (3.85k 15.85k 12.65k 8.85k and
6.6k). The other modes are used for other services (e.g., for MMS).

SUPPORTED AMR WIDE BAND CONFIGURATIONS


From UA05.1, only TS 26.103 AMR-WB configuration #0 (Active Codec Set (ACS) 12.65 8.85 & 6.60) is supported.
The spreading factor for downlink and uplink is similar to NB-AMR.
For mono services:
Downlink:128

Uplink: 64
At AMR WB Call Setup, the Max Bit rate is initialized to the Max bit rate which is 12.65.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 22
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.4 UL AMR codec mode adaptation

TFCS TFCS TFCS


12.2 12.2 12.2
7.95 7.95 7.95
5.9 5.9 5.9
4.75 4.75 4.75

AMR mode
(kbps)

12.2

- 10.2
7.95
UE 7.40
output 6.70
power 5.90
5.15
+ 4.75

1 3 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The new CS NB2 configuration (12.2, 7.4, 5.9, 4.75) is supported as a replacement of (10.2, 6.7, 5.9, 4.75) kbps.
AMR rate change
For Multi Mode configurations (i.e. A, B and D), the speech rate can change in UL and DL.
DL rate is set according to the rate of the Iu UP Frames received from the CN.
ULrate can change either on decision of the UE according to its TFCS selection function or on request of the CS
CN. This latter case can happen when TFO/TrFO is used in Mobile-to-Mobile calls.
AMR configuration at call set-up
TheAMR configuration is selected according to the CS CN request at call setup. If the CN supports Iu UP FP v1
only Configuration E will be used.
If it supports v2 it must indicate one of the A to D configurations.

AMR code mode adaptations occur in both UL and DL for configurations A, B, D for AMR-NB
and for AMR-WB:
In
DL, the AMR rate adaptation occurs in the TFO/TrFO scenario when the distant UE changes its bit rate (also
when the RNC changes the max DL bit rate).
InUL, the UE can select a different AMR rate in case of coverage limit. The UE transmitted power is closed to
the maximum. In this case, the UE can reduce its AMR rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 23
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.5 Multi-rate AMR activation NB and WB

isAmrWbAllowed (RadioAccessService)

isAmrMultiModeAllowed (RadioAccessService)
isAmrMultiModeSetupAllowed (FDDCell)
Multi-rate AMR activated in a cell?

isAmrMultiModeSetupAllowed

True False
isAmrMultiModeAllowed

disabled NO NO

completelyEnabled YES YES

enabledPerCell YES NO

1 3 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 24
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.6 Multi-Rate AMR call setup
RNC MSC
isCnInitiatedRateControlAllowed
allowedIuUpVersion
(CsCoreNetworkAccess)
isSrb5Allowed
RRC Connection Request
minUeRelForSrb5Amr
(Originating conversational call) isMaxDlAmrRateConfiguredAllowed
isCsRabModificationForSpeechAllowed
RRC Connection Setup (RadioAccessService)
maxDlAmrRateConfigured
RRC Connection Setup Complete (FDDCell)
(AS release indicator)
CM Service Request
(MO call establishment)
Setup
(Speech, Speech Version 3)
RAB Assignment Request
(UP mode version 2)
SRB#2
Class A bits
Class B bits
Class C bits
Iu UP Init
(RFCIs)

1 3 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The AMR configuration can be specified at call setup through the SRB #5 if present.
The SRB #5 contains the following information:
Signaling RB information to set up
Authorized TFC subset list to be used in UL.
SRB 5 is set up if all of the following conditions are met:
isCnInitiatedRateControlAllowed is True.
isSrb5Allowed is True.
Version 2 of Iu UP is selected.
At least two speech modes are selected (silent mode excluded).
TheUE indicated 3GPP release (UE radio access capability / Access stratum release indicator) is greater than or
equal to the provisioned value of minUeRelForSrb5Amr.
Starting from UA07, SRB#5 is not supported by ALU UTRAN, therefore isSrb5Allowed must be set to False and
SRB#2 is used to transfer AMR adaptation signaling instead of SRB#5.
In UA05.0, the initial AMR codec used at call setup was fixed and equal to the maximum rate allowed among the
ones of the Multi-mode configuration used.
In UA05.1, the initial AMR codec used at call setup could be chosen by the operator thanks to the two following
parameters:
isMaxDlAmrRateConfiguredAllowed is the activation flag for control of the maximum downlink rate for AMR
Narrowband calls based on provisioned cell parameters.
maxDlAmrRateConfigured is the maximum downlink rate for Narrowband AMR calls in the cell.
isCsRabModificationForSpeechAllowed is the activation flag for CS RAB modification between AMR NB and AMR WB
configuration.
Currently, SRB#5 is not used since it is not supported by all UEs.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 25
End of module
Services

1 3 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 26
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 4
Measurements
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 1
Blank page

142 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe measurements principles


Describe the main measurement purpose and use
Describe the NBAP measurement process and parameters
Describe the RRC measurement process and parameters
Describe the In-Band measurement process and parameters
Describe the Compressed Mode procedure and related parameters

143 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

144 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 UMTS measurement principles 7


1.1 Reported measurements 8
1.2 Measurements elaboration 9
1.3 Measurements activation 10
2 Main measurements 11
2.1 Cell sets 12
2.2 Power measurements 13
2.3 Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR) 14
2.4 Path loss 15
2.5 QE and CRCI 16
3 NBAP measurement procedures 17
3.1 NBAP measurement initiation 18
3.2 NBAP measurement reports 19
3.3 Call Trace (CT) 20
3.4 Event triggered reports 21
3.5 Example: event A 22
4 RRC measurement procedures 23
4.1 RRC measurement initiation 24
4.2 Intra-frequency measurements reporting periodical mode 25
4.3 RRC measurements on RACH 26
4.4 Fast measurements at call establishment 27
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
145
28
5.1
W-CDMAIntra-frequency measurements reporting event mode
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
R99 Algorithms Description Measurements 29
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
5.2 Events for active set management 30
5.3 Events for hard handover management 31
5.4 Events for always-on and RB rate adaptation 32
5.5 Example: event 1A 33
6 In-Band measurement procedures 34
6.1 RACH & DCH FP measurements 35
7 Compressed mode 36
7.1 CM scope & methods 37
7.2 Need for compressed mode 38
7.3 High-level scheduling method 39
7.4 HLS activation 40
7.5 CM pattern sequences 41
7.6 Pattern sequence configuration 42
7.7 FDD Inter-Freq CM pattern 43
7.8 GSM Inter-RAT CM pattern 44

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

146 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 6
1 UMTS measurement principles

147 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 7
1 UMTS measurement principles
1.1 Reported measurements
Intra & Inter Frequency Measurements
Traffic Volume Measurements (UL)
P-CPICH Ec/No
P-CPICH RSCP
Path Loss
SFN-SFN Observed Time Difference Quality Measurements
Cell Synchronization Information (SFN-CFN) Transport Channel BLER
UTRA Carrier RSSI SIR

Inter System Measurements UE Internal Measurements


GSM Carrier RSSI UE Transmitted Power
Path Loss RRC Measurements UE Position (UE-based GPS)
BSIC
Observed time difference to GSM Cell

RNC

NodeB NBAP Measurements


DL Transmitted Carrier Power SIR
DL Transmitted power of all codes not used for SIR Error
HS-PDSCH,HS-SCCH,E-AGCH,E-RGCH,E-HICH DL Transmitted Code Power
UE UL Received Total Wideband Power Round Trip Time
Acknowledged PRACH Preamble

BTS In-Band Measurements


Propagation Delay (RACH)
BLER (CRCI)
BER (QE)

148 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Node B has to provide two types of measurements: common measurements and dedicated measurements.
These measurements are also called NBAP measurements because they are reported to the RNC using NBAP
messages.
Beside the NBAP measurements, the BTS also provides measurement results that are sent in-band.
The UE has to be capable of performing 7 different measurement types: intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-
system, traffic volume, quality, UE-internal and UE positioning. These measurements are also called RRC
measurements because they are reported to the RNC using RRC messages.
From UA05, the Node B only removes the contribution of HSDPA channels (it does not remove the E-DCH
contribution) to the power measurement. This leads to slightly overestimation of the R99 contribution and impact
DCH call admission control. This effect can be attenuated by increasing DCH admission threshold on power for
HSUPA cells.

Path loss (Inter System Measurements): this measurement figures in the reporting message in the UMTS
specifications but does not correspond to any measurement defined in the GSM specifications.
This measurement is not managed by the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 8
1 UMTS measurements principles
1.2 Measurements elaboration

RRC
Measurements

REPORTING
UE
ESTIMATING
FILTERING

FN = (1 - a).FN-1 + a.MN
filter coefficient
reporting period
acquisition time or
event triggered RNC
NodeB

NBAP
Measurements

149 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Physical Layer provides measurements to the upper layers (Layer 3). For each measurement, a basic measurement
period is defined, which corresponds to the shortest averaging period and also to the shortest reporting period, i.e.
the Node B or UE cannot be required to report a measurement to the RNC in a shorter time period.
Before reporting to the RNC, the Node B or UE Layer 3 performs a filtering operation averaging several
measurements and allowing them to create measurement reports with a period not necessarily equal to the basic
measurement period. The filtering parameter a is defined as a = 1/2k/2, where k is the parameter received in the
Measurement Filter Coefficient IE.
The reporting period for each measurement is configured by the RNC when the UE or the Node B is requested to
perform measurements. The minimum reporting period for each measurement is equal to the basic measurement
period for this measurement. In general, the reporting period is a multiple of the basic measurement period.
For UTRAN measurements reported in-band, the reporting period is the period at which frames are sent from the
Node B to the serving RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 9
1 UMTS measurements principles
1.3 Measurements activation

isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed
(FDDCell) (RadioAccessService)

IsInterfreqCModeActivationAllowed
isGsmCModeActivationAllowed
RNC (DlUserService)

ueInternalMeasurementQuantity
ueInternalMeasurementFilterCoeff
(UEIntMeas)
measurementConfId
(FDDCell)
measurementConfClassId
(NeighbouringRNC)

1 4 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC must have a pointer to one of the Measurement Configuration Classes stored
under the RNC they depend upon.
The isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed parameter controls the activation of Full Event Triggered RRC measurement
reports per FDDcell.
The isInterFreqMeasActivationtAllowed parameter controls the activation of inter-frequency RRC measurement
reports whether Inter-FDD or Inter-RAT neighboring cells are to be measured.
The IsInterfreqCmodeActivationAllowed parameter controls the activation of the compressed mode for
inter-FDD neighboring cell measurements.
The isGsmCmodeActivationAllowed parameter controls the activation of the compressed mode for inter-
RAT neighboring cell measurements.
When set to true, the UeInternalMeasurementQuantity parameter allows one to choose which measurement
type is selected among the three available types: ueTransmittedPower, utraCarrierRssi, ueRxTxTimeDiff.

Note: UeIntMeas is an optional object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 10
2 Main measurements

1 4 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 11
2 Main measurements
2.1 Cell sets

Cells belonging to the Active Set

isDetectedSetCellsAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

Cell belonging to the Detected Set

Cell belonging to the Monitored Set

1 4 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

There are 3 different ways to classify the cells that may be involved in handover procedures:
Thecells belonging to the Active Set are the cells involved in the soft handover and that are communicating
with the UE.
Thecells belonging to the Monitored Set, that do not belong to the active set, but that are monitored by the UE
depending on the neighboring list sent by the UTRAN.
The cells belonging to the Detected Set, which are detected by the UE, but that are neither in the Active Set
nor in the Monitored Set.
isDetectedSetCellsAllowed indicates if the cells of the detected set have to be taken into account for RRC Intra-
Frequency measurement management for the calls established in Event-Triggered Reporting Mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 12
2 Main measurements
2.2 Power measurements

Intra/Inter-Frequency Intra/Inter-Frequency

-25 -15-10 0

Pilot Ec/No (dB)


CPICH_RSCP = Pilot
Received
Signal Code
Power Power density
measured on of CPICH
CPICH OVSF
CPICH_Ec/No =
Power
code density in
the band
Inter-System GSM Signal

Received Power on
GSM CARRIER RSSI =
the GSM BCCH carrier

1 4 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CPICH Ec/No
CPICH Ec/No is the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band, that is, it is identical to
the RSCP measured on the CPICH divided by the RSSI. The UE has to perform this measurement on the
Primary CPICH and the reference point is the antenna connector of the UE. This measurement is used for cell
selection and re-selection and for handover preparation.
CPICH RSCP
CPICH RSCP is the Received Signal Code Power on one channelization code measured on the bits of the Primary
CPICH. The reference point is the antenna connector at the UE. Although the measurement of this quantity
requires that the Primary CPICH is despread, it should be noted that the RSCP is related to a chip energy and
not a bit energy. This measurement is used for cell selection and re-selection and for handover preparation,
open loop power control and pathloss calculation.
GSM carrier RSSI
Thismeasurement is the wide-band received measured on a specified GSM BCCH carrier. This measurement is
used for GSM handover preparation.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 13
2 Main measurements
2.3 Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR)

SIR_Error = SIR SIR Target


Serving UL outer loop
RNC power control

Received Signal Code Power


Power Control SIR = SF x
SIR Target Interference Signal Code Power

DL outer loop
power control DPCCH
n
SF RSCP io
x = SIR at
2 ISCP DPCCH t im
Es
y
lit
ua
Q
nk
Li
=
R
SI

1 4 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

SIR (Node B measurement)


The Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR) is measured on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) after
radio link combination in the Node B. In compressed mode, the SIR should not be measured during the
transmission gaps.
SIRis defined as SF*(RSCP/ISCP) where SF is the spreading factor, RSCP is the Received Signal Code Power
and ISCP is the Interference Signal Code Power.
This measurement is used in Power Control algorithms.
SIR Error
A SIR error is defined as SIR - SIRtarget. SIRtarget is the SIR value for the UL outer loop power control
algorithm.
This measurement is used to assess the efficiency of the UL outer loop power control.
SIR (UE measurement)
SIR is defined as (RSCP/ISCP)*SF/2
The reference point for RSCP and ISCP is the antenna connector, but they can only be measured at the output
of the de-spreader as they assess either the received power and the non-orthogonal reference received on a
particular code. It should be clearly understood that RSCP is though a wideband measurement, i.e. at chip
level. The narrow band measurement is RSCP * SF/2.
Thismeasurement is used as a quality estimation for the link (for downlink outer loop power control). It is sent
periodically, once every power control cycle and event are triggered to the RNC (RRC).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 14
2 Main measurements
2.4 Path loss

Path Loss = Primary CPICH Tx Power - P-CPICH_RSCP

P-CPICH

Path Loss
Path Loss

FDD Cell

1 4 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The path loss is calculated by the UE and by the RNC using the following formula: Path Loss = Primary CPICH Tx
Power - P-CPICH_RSCP
The RNC does not ask the UE to send the path loss, because the RNC can calculate it directly.
The path loss calculated by the RNC is used for inter-frequency handover criteria evaluation.
The path loss calculated by the UE is used to define the initial PRACH power.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 15
2 Main measurements
2.5 QE and CRCI

RNC

Physical
Transport Channels Transport Channels
Channel block block
block block

CRC
Indicato
Soft Handover
r UL outer loop PC

qeSelector (Static)
Frame Protocols
DATA CRCtx
IE QE Selector: Quality Estimate:

non-selected Physical Channel BER (DPCCH)


OR
selected Transport Channel BER (DPDCH)

1 4 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CRC INDICATOR
TheCRC indicator is attached to the UL frame for each transport block of each transport channel transferred
between the Node B and the RNC. It shows if the transport block has a correct CRC (0=Correct, 1=Not
Correct). This measurement is used for frame selection in case of soft handover.
QUALITY ESTIMATE
Thequality estimate is reported in band in the UL data frames from the Node B to the RNC and it is derived
from the Transport channel BER or Physical channel BER. If the IE QE-Selector is equal to:
Selected, then the Node B calculates the BER of the transport channel measured on DPDCH per TTI (if
no DPDCH is sent, then the Node B will use DPCCH BER).
non-selected, then the Node B calculates the BER of the physical channel measured on DPCCH per TTI.
Incase of soft handover, the quality estimate is needed in order to select a transport block when all CRC
indications are showing bad (or good) frames. The RNC compares the QE value with the qeThreshold (static
parameter) in order to choose the best transport block.
Quality Estimate can also be used to enhance the UL Outer Loop Power Control mechanism.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 16
3 NBAP measurement procedures

1 4 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 17
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.1 NBAP measurement initiation

C-RNC

Node B Common
Measurement Initiation Request
Dedicated

Measurement Measurement Measurement


Measurement Report
Object type Filter
ID Characteristics
Type Coefficient

On Demand
Cell
RACH Common Event-Triggered
Dedicated Periodic

DL Transmitted Carrier Power


DL Transmitted Code Power RTWP
SIR ...
RTT
...

1 4 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Depending on the type of measurement (common or dedicated), measurement requests are initiated by the
controlling RNC by sending a COMMON MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST or DEDICATED MEASUREMENT
INITIATION REQUEST to the Node B.
The common and dedicated measurement messages both contain the following information elements to define the
measurements to be performed:
A measurement id uniquely identifying each measurement.
A measurement object type to indicate the type of object on which the measurement is to be performed, e.g.,
cell, RACH, time slot, etc. It can be common or dedicated according to the message. In the case of a dedicated
measurement, either a radio link is identified on which the measurement has to be performed or the
measurement should be performed on all radio links for the Node B.
A measurement type indicates which measurement is to be performed. It is also common (Received total
wideband power, transmitted carrier power, Acknowledged PRACH preambles, etc.) or dedicated (SIR,
transmitted code power, In-Band (transport channel BER, physical channel BER), etc.).
A measurement filter coefficient gives the parameter for the layer 3 filtering to be performed before the
measurement can be reported.
The report characteristics give the criteria for reporting the measurement. The reporting is on demand, periodic
or event-triggered.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 18
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.2 NBAP measurement reports

Node B
C-RNC

commonMeasurementReportingPeriod
commonMeasurementFilterCoeff Common Measurement Reports
(NBAP Measurement)

nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeri
od
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff Measurement Report
Measured Quantity
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters) ID Type

Common Measurement Termination Request

1 4 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The reports are sent in the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT, on criteria defined by the report characteristics given
in the measurement request.
For these Common Measurements, the type of measurement report is defined by the commonRepType parameter
[on demand, periodic, event-triggered].
The quantity measured is defined by the measQuantity parameter.
The periodicity is given in the Report_Periodicit yIE of the measurement request message.
The periodicity is given in the Report_Periodicity IE of the measurement request message and corresponds to the
CommonMeasurementReportingPeriod parameter for DL Transmitted Carrier Power and DL Transmitted Carrier
Power of all Codes not used for HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH or E-HICH transmission.
nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod is the reporting period to be applied to UL RTWP measurements.
CommonMeasurementFilterCoeff is the filtering coefficient to be applied to DL Transmitted Carrier Power and
DL Transmitted Carrier Power of all codes not used for HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH or E-HICH
transmission measurements.
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff is the filtering coefficient to be applied to UL RTWP measurement
The measurements reporting by the Node B stop upon reception of COMMON MEASUREMENT TERMINATION
REQUESTs sent by the CRNC if any.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 19
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.3 Call Trace (CT)
Node B
C-RNC

Dedicated Measurement Initiation Request


tcpRequired
tcpReportPeriodicity
rtwpRequired
rtwpReportPeridodicity
(NbapCommonMeasConfigForCallTrace)

Dedicated Measurement Reports


sirRequired
sirReportPeridodicity

transmittedCodePowerRequired
transmittedCodePowerReportPeridodicity
Dedicated Measurement Termination Request
roundTripTimeRequired
roundTripTimeReportPeriodicity

(NbapDedicatedMeasConfigForCallTrace)

Dedicated Measurement Termination Request

1 4 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of Dedicated Measurements, three different types of measurements reports are supported (SIR, DL
TRANSMITTED CODE POWER and ROUND-TRIP-TIME). For Call Trace purposes, these three types of reports can be
activated separately and can be configured with different periodicities.
The procedure is initiated with a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message sent from the RNC to
the Node B. This procedure is used by an RNC to request the initiation of measurements on dedicated resources (all
UE radio links managed by FDDCells belonging to this Node B).
Upon reception, the Node B shall initiate the requested measurement according to the parameters given in the
request and shall periodically send a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT REPORT.
The procedure is operational as long as the RL is established. The RNC does not send a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT
TERMINATION REQUEST message. Instead, even though the trace session is deleted, the NBAP dedicated
measurement reporting, if initiated, will remain until the radio links associated with the call being traced are deleted
or released.

Round trip time (RTT) is defined as: RTT = TRX - TTX, where:
TTX = the time of transmission of the beginning of a DL DPCH frame to a UE.
TRX
= the time of reception of the beginning (the first detected path in time) of the corresponding UL
DPCCH/DPDCH frame from the UE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 20
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.4 Event triggered reports

Node B
C-RNC
iRM Scheduling Downgraded UE

Dedicated Measurement Initiation Request (Bx)

Primary Cell

RL Monitoring
Event A
Event B1
Event B2
NBAP Dedicated Report Event Bx

Dedicated Measurement Termination Request (Bx)

1 4 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The NBAP event triggered report mode is only used in the scope of iRM scheduling downgrade/upgrade procedures
with the RNC perspective to retrieve the transmitted code power by the Node B for a particular radio link (user) and
to order the radio bearer downsizing/upsizing through iRM scheduling towards the more adapted bit rate to
guarantee service continuity.
For the purposes of iRM Scheduling, the RNC configures the Node B with one Event A and two Events B:
Event A indicates that the radio conditions have become bad enough to attempt a downgrading to the fallback
radio bearer in order to maintain a good radio link quality.
Event B1 indicates that the radio conditions have become good enough to attempt an upgrading towards the
original requested RB.
Event B2 indicates that the radio conditions have become good enough to consider an upsizing towards a
relative lower bit rate than the requested RB to maintain a good radio link quality.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 21
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.5 Example: event A

Transmitted Code Power

Event A
Report
pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls

- thresholdDelta Primary Cell


(DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)
Event A
Threshold

Event A timeToTriggerEvent A timeToTrigger

timeToTrigger
(DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)

1 4 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In order to be able to perform IRM Scheduling downgrade, the RNC configures the NBAP dedicated measurement by
event A report for this UE on the primary cell.
So, each time the primary cell changes, the RNC terminates measurements on the old primary cell and initiates
measurements on the new primary cell.

Event A configuration relies on:


Measurement Threshold: the relative transmitted code power threshold given by the parameter threshold_delta
is used to compute the absolute TxCP Threshold together with the pcpichPower (FDDCell) and
maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf) parameters.
Measurement Hysteresis: timeToTrigger.
So Event A is reported when the transmitted code power is above the TxCP absolute threshold during at least the
time to trigger.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 22
4 RRC measurement procedures

1 4 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 23
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.1 RRC measurement initiation

SI broadcast
P-CCPCH

OR
UE Node B

Measurement Control
RRC

Measurement Measurement
Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement Reporting
Reporting Reporting
ID Command Type Object Quantity Mode
Quantity Criteria

Inter-Frequency
Ec/No
Intra-Frequency FDDCell
Setup RSCP
Inter-System Physical Channel Periodical RLC AM
Modify BLER
Traffic Volume RB Event-Triggered RLC UM
Release Traffic Volume
Quality
...
UE internal

1 4 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, the UE is informed of the measurements to perform via the system
information broadcast on the P-CCPCH.
When the UE is in CELL_DCH state, UTRAN starts a measurement in the UE by sending the MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message, which includes the following information elements to define measurements to perform:
measurement id is a reference number to be used when modifying or releasing measurement.
measurement command indicates the action performed on the measurement (set up a new measurement,
modify the characteristics of a measurement, etc.).
measurement type indicates one of the different types of measurement: inter-frequency, intra-frequency, etc.
measurement object indicates the object on which the measurement shall be performed.
measurement quantity indicates the quantity to be measured (RSCP, SIR, etc.).
measurement reporting quantity indicates quantities that the UE should report together with the measurement
quantity for example, the measurement quantity which triggered the report.
measurement reporting criteria indicates the type of reporting that is, periodical or event-triggered.
reporting
mode specifies whether the UE shall transmit the measurement report using the acknowledged or
unacknowledged RLC mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 24
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.2 Intra-frequency measurements reporting periodical mode

Measurement Report
rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod
rrcIntraFreqMeasurementFilterCoeff
Measurement Report (RRCMeasurement)

Measurement Measurement Measurement


ID Results Reporting
Quantity
Active Set cells
+
Node B 6 Best Monitored cells

Cell Synchronization information (SFN-CFN)


repMode (static)
CPICH Ec/No
maxCellsRepType (static)
CPICH RSCP
SFN-SFN observed time difference type2

1 4 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The MEASUREMENT REPORT message is sent from the UE to the UTRAN and contains the measurement id, the
measured results and the measurement event result that was required to be reported.
When the rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod time has elapsed, the UE shall send the computed
measurement.
Reporting Quantities
The RNC requests the following quantities to be reported by the mobiles:
Cell Synchronization information: provides the difference between SFN of the reported cell and CFN as
observed by the UE.
CPICH Ec/No: the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band.
CPICH RSCP: the received power on one code measured on the Primary CPICH.
Other reporting quantities are also supported by UTRAN and are also requested to the UE for tracing purposes:
SFN SFN observed time difference "type 2": the relative timing difference between cell j and cell i
measured on the primary CPICH.
The RepMode parameter indicates that the UE shall report measurements on cells of the active set and
intrafrequency monitored set cells. This STATIC parameter is set to ACTIVE_SET_AND_MONITORED_ON_FREQ.
The maxCellsRepType parameter indicates the number of measured cells belonging to the monitored set. This
STATIC parameter is set to 6.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 25
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.3 RRC measurements on RACH

sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH
sib11IntraFreqMeasurementFilterCoeffOnRACH Unused (25.331 8.6.7.2 Filter Coefficient)

(RRCSysInfoMeas)

SIB 11
Reported measurements on RACH
RACH
CPICH Ec/No
or
CPICH RSCP
or
Neighboring Cells Path Loss
measQuantity
(static)

1 4 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Measurements reported in the RACH message are used by power allocation and RAB assignment algorithms.
The measQuantity static parameter determines the type of reported measurements. Only the value CPICH_Ec/No
is supported by the measQuantity static parameter.
The sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH parameter indicates how many cell measurements shall
be reported in the RACH message, including the current cell; for instance the current cell plus the best 4 measured
neighbors.
The number of reported cells on RACH is used by the compound neighbor list feature to create the neighboring list
for the first Measurement Control Message.
As specified by 3GPP 25.212, no filtering shall be performed for the measurements reported in RACH.
Note: For parity reasons, sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH is set to the currentCell value in
USA customer templates.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 26
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.4 Fast measurements at call establishment

SI broadcast
P-CCPCH

RNC
UE NodeB
RRC Connection Request

RadioAccessService

RRC Connection Setup


DedicatedConf

Measurement Report HoConfClass

Event1AHoConfInSIB11
Measurement Control

isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
cpichEcNoReportingRange1A
(FDDCell) hysteresis1A
timeToTrigger1A
maxActiveSetSize

1 4 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This feature allows UTRAN to provide intra-frequency measurements configuration information to UEs which are in
Idle Mode or in Cell-FACH. Received within the SIB11, information is used by UEs to activate intra-frequency
measurements just after entering the Cell-DCH state, with no need to wait for the first Measurement Control.
If the reporting mode is Event Triggered, only Event 1A is configured in the SIB11 and the UE sends the first
Measurement Report only if the 1A Event has been reached. The rest of the events are configured in the first RRC
Measurement Control message. Event1AHoConfInSIB11 dedicated object has been created under HoConfClass
so that specific 1A setting can be broadcast in SIB11 for faster measurements.
If the reporting mode is Periodic, the UE keeps on sending reports at the defined period until reception of the first
RRC Measurement Control.
The first RRC Measurement Control message sent to the UE is of type SETUP instead of MODIFY in order to ensure
that there is no misalignment between the UE and the Network.
The UE starts sending measurements when its state changes:
from Idle mode to Cell-DCH (after the RRC Connection Setup)
from Cell-FACH to Cell-DCH (after the RRC RB Setup).
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to True, SIB11 (but also SIB12 if Sib12Enable is set to True) will
include the 3GPP TS 25.331 Intra-Frequency Measurement Quantity and Reporting information for state
CELL_DCH Information Elements (IEs) which allow the UE to configure the intra-frequency measurement reporting
mode until reception of the RRC Measurement Control message.
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to True, the serving cell has to be present in the neighboring intra freq
cells list present in SIB11, thereby reducing the maximum number of neighbor cells by 1.
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to False, SIB11 and SIB12 do not include these IEs and the UE must wait
for the first RRC Measurement Control to measure neighboring cells when entering Cell_DCH.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 27
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC
measurements

1 4 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 28
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.1 Intra-frequency measurements reporting event mode

isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed
(FDDCell)

Measurement Report (EventNX)

Measurement
Measurement Measurement
Reporting
ID Results
Quantity
Active Set cells
+
Node B Best Monitored cells
+
Best Detected cells (call trace
only)

CPICH Ec/No
CPICH RSCP isDetectedSetCellsAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

1 4 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The MEASUREMENT REPORT message is sent from the UE to the UTRAN and contains the measurement id, the
measured results and the measurement event result that triggered the report.
Reporting Quantities
The RNC requests the following quantities to be reported by the mobiles:
CPICH Ec/No: the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band.
CPICH RSCP: the received power on one code measured on the Primary CPICH.
In
case or Event Measurements Reported for UE tracing, then up to 3 best detected cells can be reported in
some of the Events.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 29
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.2 Events for active set management

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Soft Handover Management
1A Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A monitored P-CPICH enters a reporting range.
Set RL addition based on relative criteria when Active Set is not full
1B Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set An active P-CPICH enters a reporting range.
RL deletion based on relative criteria
1C Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A non-Active P-CPICH becomes better than Active P-CPICH.
Set RL replacement based on relative criteria when AS is full
1D Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of measured Change of best cell. Primary cell change
cell
1E Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A monitored P-CPICH becomes better than an absolute threshold.
Set RL addition based on absolute criteria when Active Set is not full
1F Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set An active P-CPICH becomes worse than an absolute threshold.
RL deletion based on absolute criteria
1J Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set The P-CPICH of a cell that is in DCH AS but not in E-DCH AS
becomes better than the P-CPICH of a cell that is already in E-DCH
AS

Events 1x are RRC intra-frequency measurements


1 4 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

3GPP specifications define 2 RRC measurements reporting modes; periodical reporting and event-triggered
reporting. For the event triggered reporting mode, RRC standards define a set of events for each type of
measurement:
Events 1X are defined for intra-frequency measurements
Events 2X are defined for inter-frequency measurements
Events 3X are defined for inter-RAT measurements
Etc.

Event-triggered reporting is used in Alcatel-Lucent UTRAN for RRC intra-frequency reporting measurements.
The use of event triggered reporting for intra-freq measurements has a direct impact on the following mechanisms:
primary cell determination
active set management
radio link color determination

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 30
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.3 Events for hard handover management

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Hard Handover Management
2D Measid11 CPICH Ec/No Best Active Set cell Estimated P-CPICH quality of current carrier is worse than threshold

2D Measid12 CPICH RSCP Best Active Set cell


Estimated P-CPICH level of current carrier is worse than threshold
2F Measid11 CPICH Ec/No Best Active Set cell Estimated P-CPICH quality of current carrier is better than threshold

2F Measid12 CPICH RSCP Best Active Set cell


Estimated P-CPICH level of current carrier is better than threshold
6A Measid15 UE Tx Power N.A. Estimated UE Tx power becomes larger than an absolute threshold

6B Measid15 UE Tx Power N.A. Estimated UE Tx power becomes less than an absolute threshold

Events 2x are RRC inter-frequency measurements


Events 6x are RRC UE internal measurements
1 4 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In ALU UTRAN:
RRC inter-frequency measurements on aused frequency are event-triggered (2D and 2F).
RRC inter-frequency measurements on a non-used frequency are periodical.
RRC inter-RAT measurements are periodical.
RRC UE internal measurements are event-triggered (6A and 6B).

The use of event triggered reporting for inter-freq measurements on used frequency and UE internal measurements
has a direct impact on the following mechanisms:
alarm measurement criteria (Compressed Mode and Hard handover triggering).
inter-frequency or inter-RAT blind handover.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 31
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.4 Events for always-on and RB rate adaptation

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Call Management
4A Measid7 UE RLC Buffer N.A. TrCh Traffic Volume becomes larger than an absolute threshold
Occupancy

Events 4x are RRC Traffic Volume measurements

1 4 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In ALU UTRAN, RRC UE Traffic Volume measurement is event-triggered (4A).

The use of event triggered reporting for UE Traffic Volume measurements has a direct impact on the following
mechanisms:
Always-On upsize from FACH to DCH.
RB Rate Adaptation upsize from a given DCH bit rate to a higher one.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 32
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.5 Example: event 1A

Event1A

Event1A
Event1A
amountRep1A
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)
CPICH_EC/No

Best Cell

New Cell
entering reporting range

leaving reporting range maxNbReportedCells1A


(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

timeToTrigger1A repInterval1A
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

NA
i 1

10 LogM New CIO New W 10 Log M i (1 W ) 10 LogM Best ( R1a H 1a / 2)
X
wParam
(static)

cpichEcNoReportingRange1A (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A)
hysteresis1A (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) weight1A
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A)
neighbouringCellOffset (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

1 4 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1A is triggered when a new P-CPICH enters the reporting range.


Event 1A is used to add an RL based on relative criteria when the Active Set is not full.
The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
MNew is the measurement result of the cell entering the reporting range.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell entering the reporting range if an individual cell offset is stored
for that cell. Otherwise, it is equal to 0.
Mi is a measurement result of a cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect reporting range in the current active set.
MBestis the measurement result of the cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set with the
best measurement result, not taking into account any cell individual offset.
W is a parameter sent from UTRAN to UE.
R1a is the reporting range constant.
H1a is the hysteresis parameter for event 1a.

By default, event 1A is triggered by cells belonging to the monitored set.


In order to help the operator efficiently monitor its network and optimize its neighboring plan, it is possible to trigger
this event 1A based on both Detected Set and Monitored Set.
In order to achieve this, the isDetectedSetCellsAllowed parameter shall be set to True.
From UA07 onwards, the decision if the cells from Detected Set are used in the mobility algorithms
depends on the detectedSetCellAddition flag.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 33
6 In-Band measurement procedures

1 4 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 34
6 In-band measurement procedures
6.1 RACH & DCH FP measurements
Header CRC FT
D CH CFN
Spare TFI of 1st DCH
RAC
H Header CRC FT
CFN Spare TFI of last DCH
Spare TFI
1st Transport Block of 1st DCH
Propagation Delay

1st RACH Transport Block 1st Transport Block of 1st DCH Pad.

1st RACH Transport Block Pad. Last Transport Block of 1st DCH

Last Transport Block of 1st DCH Pad.


Last RACH Transport Block
1st Transport Block of last DCH
Last RACH Transport Block Pad.
CRCI 1st Transport Block of last DCH Pad.
CRCI Pad.
Spare extension Last Transport Block of last DCH
Payload Checksum (optional)
Last Transport Block of last DCH Pad.
Payload Checksum (optional)
QE
CRCI
CRCI Pad.
Spare extension
Payload Checksum (optional)
Payload Checksum (optional)

1 4 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The propagation delay is reported in the RACH data frames transferred from the Node B to the RNC when a
successful RACH procedure has happened and the RACH has been sent from the UE to the RNC.
The CRC Indicator is attached to the UL frame for each transport block of each transport channel transferred
between the Node B and the RNC. It shows if the transport block has a correct CRC.
The Quality Estimate is reported in band in the UL data frames from the Node B to the RNC. This QE corresponds to
either the transport channel BER or the physical channel BER when no transport channel BER is available, that is,
there is no data transmitted in the UL thus only DPCCH is transmitted.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 35
7 Compressed mode

1 4 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 36
7 Compressed mode
7.1 CM scope & methods

Single-Frame Mode
power

frame N-1 idle frame N+1


time
TGL

Double-Frame Mode
frame boundary
power

frame N-1 idle idle frame N+2


time
TGL

Inter-frequency measurements
Inter-RAT measurements

Transmission Gap Length = 3, 4, 7, 10, 14 TS


dlCModeMethod (CmodePatternSeqInfo) ulCModeMethod (CmodePatternSeqInfo)

1 4 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Compressed Mode consists of the creation of regularly spaced short gaps (less than one 10-ms radio frame) in
transmission in the uplink or downlink, or possibly both at the same time, and/or reception without altering the data
to be exchanged on the radio interface.
The Compressed Mode is mandatory in downlink and optional in uplink. It can only be achieved on dedicated
channels. The Transmission Gap Length is 3, 4, 5, 7, 10 or 14 slots.
Three methods are proposed in the standard: Spreading Factor Reduction, Puncturing and Higher Layer Scheduling.
Only the Spreading Factor Reduction method is implemented for both UL and DL (when needed) for either GSM or
FDD inter-frequency measurements:
only the value cmodeDlMethodSfDiv2 is allowed for DlCmodeMethod and UlCmodeMethod. Two
Thus,
methods can be used for time transmission reduction.
The
SF can be reduced by 2 to permit the transmission of the information bits in the remaining time slots of the
compressed frame. In that case, the scrambling code could be different from the normal mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 37
7 Compressed mode
7.2 Need for compressed mode
isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

isInterFreqCModeActivationAllowed
isGsmCModeActivationAllowed:
(DlUserService)

GSM
UMTS
UE ability
Cap UMTS

GSM450Present (RadioAccessService)
Dual receiver UE? GSM480Present (RadioAccessService)
Mono Receiver UE?
GSM compatible UE? GSM850Present (RadioAccessService)
GSM900PPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM900EPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM900RPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM1800Present (RadioAccessService)
GSM1900Present (RadioAccessService)

1 4 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The real need for Compressed Mode is provided by the UE itself. Following a network request through the UE
Capability required indicator in the RRC Connection Setup message, the UE indicates in the UE Radio Access
Capability IE (Measurement Capability sub-IE, provided in the RRC Connection Setup Complete message) if the
Compressed Mode is needed in either UL or DL for the FDD and GSM bands.
The network configure and activate the Compressed Mode in 3 possible modes:
Uplink only
Downlink only
Uplink and Downlink
Therefore, regarding CM for GSM, in order not to configure the compressed mode in every case, a set of flags
indicating the frequency bands of the FDD and GSM neighboring cells will be defined and used in the RNC to
determine whether or not the Compressed Mode is needed.
Each flag indicates that there exists at least a GSM cell of the corresponding frequency band in the access network
(that is, not only being part of the GSM neighboring lists seen by the RNC) to which handovers from a 3G cell are
supported by the network. Therefore, if the Compressed Mode is needed by the mobile for that frequency band, it
will be configured accordingly and possibly activated by the network.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 38
7 Compressed mode
7.3 High-level scheduling method

starting CFN TGL

Dl(ul)CModeMethod (CModePatternSeqInfo) isHlsCmMethodPreferred (D/UlUserService)

False
?
CmodeDl(Ul)MethodSfdiv2 True

RLC Subset of allowed


TFCs are used in
compressed frame
MAC

Physical Layer

1 4 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Spreading Factor Reduction method consists of the creation of gaps in transmission / reception and granting twice the
bandwidth for compressed frames in order to compensate for the loss of bandwidth in not transmitted frames. This method
applies for both uplink and downlink with fixed or flexible position mapping but it requires that the spreading factor be strictly
greater than 4.
The SF is reduced by a factor two for as many slots as used for gaps and the transmitted power of these slots is increased. Thus
the OVSF code needs to be changed. The new one is the parent code of the code used for non-compressed radio frames.
In downlink, the scrambling code management is done through the alternate scrambling code method. This method consists in
applying the new channelization code with SF/2 to the compressed frames, while applying one of the two available alternate
scrambling codes (left or right alternative) depending on the original OVSF.
The figure above gives an example of how this method applies.
In uplink, the compressed mode method by spreading factor reduction is identical to the spreading factor reduction used in the
downlink but with some exceptions.
HLS introduced from 3GPP R99:
Data rate is reduced from higher layers (i.e. MAC) by means of TFC restriction in the TFCS.
SF and scrambling code remain unchanged.
No additional power transmission to keep the same level of protection of the user bit.
Applicable either in UL only, DL only, or both UL/DL.
Prior to UA06, only SF/2 method was supported, whatever RAB, and CM method was uniquely defined using the
dlCModeMethod and ulCModeMethod parameters under the CModePatternSeqInfo object.
In UA06, HLS has been introduced and is supported for some specific UL and/or DL User Services. Therefore, the previous
parameters are not used anymore and are replaced by the isHlsCmMethodPreferred parameter defined per DlUserService
and UlUserService.
Parameters defined under CmodePatternSeqInfo are no longer used. However, they are still present in the RAN Model and
will be removed in the coming releases.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 39
7 Compressed mode
7.4 HLS activation

Parameter not used anymore


but still present in RAN Model
RNC

RadioAccessService NeighbouringRnc
isHlsCModeAllowed isHlsCmAllowedOnDrnc

CmodePatternSeqInfo

dlCModeMethod [not used; replaced by DlUserService.isHlsCmMethodPreferred]


ulCModeMethod [not used; replaced by UlUserService.isHlsCmMethodPreferred]
dlFrameType [not used; hard-coded with typeA for HLS and typeB for SF/2]

- PS I/B (mono or MUX) > 8kbps


DlUserService - CS speech + (PS I/B > 16kbps)
isHlsCmMethodPreferred
- CSD64 + (PS I/B > 64kbps)

- (PS str > 64kbps) + (PS I/B > 32kbps)


With or without CS speech
UlUserService
-Any other PS combination over DCH with SF=4
isHlsCmMethodPreferred

1 4 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In UA06.0 implementation, HLS is limited to only certain combinations:


PS I/B (mono or MUX) > 8 kbps
CS speech + (PS I/B > 16 kbps)
CSD64 + (PS I/B > 64 kbps)
(PS str > 64kbps) + (PS I/B > 32kbps) with or without CS speech
Any other PS combination over DCH with SF=4
SF/2 method is used for the remaining User Services, mostly:
Standalone SRB, CS speech, CSD, PS streaming (with or without CS speech)
All RAB combinations over HSDPA or E-DCH (for which HLS is in restriction)
Patterns are the same for SF/2 and HLS methods
CM method is determined at each RAB addition, deletion or reconfiguration
Sent to UE and NodeB at CM configuration
NBAP RlSetup/Reconf and RRC RadioBearerSetup/Reconf/Release
Based on RNC and NeighbouringRnc activation flags
isHlsCModeAllowed under RadioAccessService
isHlsCmAllowedOnDrnc under NeighbouringRnc
Reconfiguration to SF/2 when not supported/allowed on DRNC
Based on operator's strategy
isHlsCmMethodPreferred defined per DlUserService and UlUserService
When selecting a CM method, the RNC checks isHlsCmMethodPreferred with respect to the method(s) supported in
UA06.0 by this UserService
Hardcoded in the RNC for each UserService (SF2, HLS, SF2ANDHLS or N/A)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 40
7 Compressed mode
7.5 CM pattern sequences

tgcfnOffset (CModePatternSeqInfo)
tgprc (CModePatternSeqInfo)

#TGCFN
#1 #2 #TGPRC
Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2 Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2

Gap1 Gap2 Gap1 Gap2

tgsn

tgl1 tgl2 tgl1 tgl2

tgd tgd

tgpl1 tgpl2

1 4 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Compressed Mode is controlled by the UTRAN: it is configured by the RNC on a per UE basis in the form of
Compressed Mode Transmission Gap Pattern Sequences. A CM pattern sequence may be composed of up to two
sub-patterns and is dedicated to one specific measurement purpose.
Each pattern is described by the parameters listed below, those parameters being defined at the cell level:
TGL1 and TGL2: length of transmission gaps 1 and 2 expressed as a number of slots. Possible values are 3, 4,
5, 7, 10 and 14. TGL2 is an optional parameter and if a value is not given by the upper layers, then by default
TGL2 = TGL1,
TGSN: the first gap occurs TGSN slots after the beginning of the pattern,
TGD: the two gaps are separated by a distance of TGD slots,
TGPL1 and TGPL2: length of pattern 1 and 2 expressed in radio frames,
TGCFN: CM start expressed in CFN as CFNx + TgcfnOffset) mod[256],
TGPRC:the number of times the Transmission Gap Pattern is repeated within the Transmission Gap Pattern
Sequence.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 41
7 Compressed mode
7.6 Pattern sequence configuration

A pattern sequence is defined for each type of measurement.


GSM RSSI measurement
CmodePatternSeqInfo
CmodePatternSeqInfo/0
isPatternAllowed= True
RadioAccessService Tgmp = 2
TgcfnOffset= 0
Tgd = 0 BSIC identification
Tgl1 = 14
Tgl2 = 0
CmodePatternSeqInfo[1]
CmodePatternSeqInfo/1
Tgpl1 = 6
Tgpl2 = N/A isPatternAllowed= True
Tgprc = 8 Tgmp = 3
Tgsn = 8 TgcfnOffset= 48
Tgd = 0
Tgl1 = 14 FDD measurements
Tgl2 = 0 CmodePatternSeqInfo[2]
Tgpl1 = 6 CmodePatternSeqInfo/2
CmodePatternSeqInfo
Tgpl2 = N/A
Tgprc = 78 isPatternAllowed= True
Tgsn = 8 Tgmp = 1
nIdentifyAbort= 26 TgcfnOffset= 0
Tgd = 0
Tgl1 = 10
Tgl2 = 0
Tgpl1 = 6
Tgpl2 = N/A
Tgprc = 50
Tgsn = 10

1 4 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A certain number of pattern sequences can be defined in the UTRAN configuration, each of them being associated
with a specific measurement purpose.
The pattern sequence is defined by a set of parameters (transmission GAP and CM patterns parameters), that are
grouped into the CModePatternSeqInfo object:
0 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose GSM RSSI
Instance
Measurements.
1 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose GSM Initial
Instance
BSIC Identification.
2 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose FDD Inter-
Instance
Frequency Measurement.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 42
7 Compressed mode
7.7 FDD Inter-Freq CM pattern

50 Patterns (3000 ms)

CFN + 0 Gap = 10 Time Slots

10 Time Slots 70 Time Slots


6 Frames (60 ms)

1 4 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For FDD inter-frequency measurement, a single pattern of 6 frames repeated 50 times is used, leading to a basic
compressed mode measurement period of 3 s.

The UE is provided with the FDD neighboring cell list, when receiving the RRC Measurement Control message. Using
this list, the UE starts the CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No measurement processes that can be seen as a sort of
endless loop, intending to identify the best neighboring cells.

Measurement results are sent to the RNC with periodical measurement reports.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 43
7 Compressed mode
7.8 GSM Inter-RAT CM pattern

8 Patterns (480 ms) 78 Patterns (4680 ms)


RSSI BSIC

CFN + 48
CFN + 0

8 Time Slots 68 Time Slots


Gap = 14 Time Slots

6 Frames (60 ms)

1 4 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of GSM initial BSIC identification, the UE is to take the results of the most recent set of GSM RSSI
samples and attempt to identify the BSICs of the 8 strongest cells, proceeding in single strength order.
It has to be noted that the time required for a measurement report is essentially dictated by the time required to
identify the BSICs of the required number of cells. As a consequence, it is better to choose the compressed mode
patterns for this operation first and then build the patterns for GSM RSSI measurements around this pattern.
Thats the reason why:
a transmission gap shorter that 14 has been chosen in order to allow good performance on BSIC identification.
8 patterns of 6x10ms have been allocated to RSSI measurements since the measurement period for the GSM
carrier RSSI measurement is 480 ms in the CELL_DCH state (as stated in [3GPP_R01]).
3x26 patterns have been allocated to initial BSIC identification in order to allow a minimum of 3 cells to be
reported in the worst case (e.g. when it takes up to nIdentifyAbort to identify each cell).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 44
End of module
Measurements

1 4 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 45
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 5
Call Admission
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 1
Blank page

152 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe call establishment and the associated parameters


Describe RAB Matching and the associated parameters
Describe IRM RAB to RB Mapping and the associated parameters
Describe CAC and the associated parameters
Describe CELL_FACH admission and the associated parameters

153 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

154 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Paging 7
1.1 Paging DRX cycle 8
1.2 Paging repetition 9
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment 10
2.1 Preambles transmission 11
2.2 Acknowledgement transmission 12
2.3 Preambles retransmission parameters 13
3 RRC connection establishment 14
3.1 RRC connection setup 15
3.2 UL interference CAC on RACH 16
3.3 RRC connection rejection 17
3.4 RRC speech redirection 18
3.5 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic 22
3.5.1 FACH power adjustment 23
3.5.2 RRC connection setup repetition 24
4 RAB matching principles 25
4.1 RAB request vs. UserServices configuration 26
4.2 Matching main steps 27
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection 28
5.1 Candidate RBset selection 29
5.2 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: speech 30
5.3
155
Candidate RBset selection algorithm: streaming 31
5.4
W-CDMACandidate RBset
R99 Algorithms Description selection algorithm: interact./backgr.
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Call Admission 32
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
5.5 TrCH type selection 33
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination 34
6.1 iRM selection 35
6.2 DL IRM target RB selection algorithm 36
6.3 DL iRM on radio link condition 37
6.4 DL iRM on cell color 38
6.5 DL cell color calculation 39
6.6 DL cell color/active set color calculation 40
6.7 DL target RB determination 41
6.8 DL iRM CEM load parameters 42
6.9 DL iRM table: example for PS_384K_IB radio bearer 43
6.10 DL iRM: exercise 44
6.11 UL IRM target RB selection algorithm 47
6.12 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS 48
6.12.1 Self-learning of RTWPref 49
6.12.2 Calculation in Node B 50
6.12.3 Calculation in RNC 51
6.13 UL load estimation with RSEPS: calculation in RNC 52
6.14 UL IRM on cell color 53
6.15 UL cell color calculation 54
6.16 iRM target UL RB rate determination 55
6.17 UL iRM radio load parameters 56
6.18 UL iRM CEM load parameters 57
6.19 UL iRM table parameters 58
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL 59
6.21 iRM CAC for PS streaming RAB 62
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation 63
7.1 UL radio load token for high data rate 64
7.2 Transport resource reservation Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR) 66
7.3 DL reserved power computation 67
7.4 DL power admission criteria 68
7.5 DL power self tuning 69

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

7.5.1 Example 70
7.6 OVSF codes reservation & admission 71
8 CELL_FACH admission control 72
8.1 CELL_FACH admission control 73

156 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 6
1 Paging

157 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 7
1 Paging
1.1 Paging DRX cycle

IMSI, Paging Request


Scheduled at

0 1 256 512 4095

The number of paging occasions per SFN cycle (4096 TTI) depends on the DRX cycle
coefficient.
Pa
gi
ng
fo
rP DRX
ac
ke FDDCell
tc
all
Pa
gin
g for csDrxCynLngCoef
Cir
c uit
Node B ca
ll
psDrxCynLngCoef

UE

158 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When camping normally on a cell, the UE monitors regularly the paging channel. In order to save some energy, a
discontinuous reception mode (DRX) is used.
The DRX cycle is defined as the individual time interval between monitoring Paging Occasion for a specific UE. The
UE needs only to monitor one Page Indicator (PI) in one Paging Occasion per DRX cycle.
The DRX cycle length is defined as MAX(2k, PBP), where:
PBP is the Paging Block Periodicity and has the fixed value of 1 in UMTS-FDD.
k is an integer and can be specific by the Core Network domain.
The value of k is controlled in the Alcatel-Lucents solution by two parameters, one by the Core Network Domain:
csDrxCynLngCoef and psDrxCynLngCoef.
Since the UE may be attached to two different domains simultaneously, both DRX cycle length values are calculated
and stored in the UE from the values read in the SIB 1 (NAS system information, idle and connected mode timers
and counters). Then the UE should keep only the shortest of both values as the DRX cycle length it will use.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 8
1 Paging
1.2 Paging repetition

Core
RNC
Network
RANAP Paging (UEx)
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
Initial transmission
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
1st retransmission tpageVal
RRC Paging Type 1 (other UEs)

Tpaging
RRC Paging Type 1 (other UEs)

nth retransmission
X
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
Call Forwarded to Vmail

RN
nrOfPagingRepetition C
isPagingRepetitionAllowed RadioAccessService
(RNC)
PCH SCCPCH FDDCell tpageVal

159 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In areas of poor radio coverage, it can happen that UE miss paging request what translates into the subscriber missing
terminating calls. In order to cope with radio transmission losses, the UTRAN can repeat the paging request so as to increase the
probability for the UE to hear it.
Paging repetition is applicable to mobile in idle, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH states.
Alcatel-Lucent implements two algorithms:
Paging Record priority: When several paging records have to be sent at the same paging occasion, the records are sent in
the same RRC PAGING message. Nevertheless, if the number of records exceeds the message size (i.e. more than 8
records), then the following priority will apply:
Priority 1: fresh paging record for packet or circuit services (i.e. no difference between the two domains). A fresh
paging record is a record which has not been previously sent.
Priority 2: repeated paging record for packet or circuit services (no difference between the two domains).
Limitation of repetitions: nrOfPagingRepetition is the number of times a paging record is repeated. This is a customer
configurable parameter.
nrOfPagingRepetition parameter: indicates the number of retransmissions of the paging by UTRAN. Specific value 0 means that
the paging will not be repeated (only the fresh paging is sent).

New UA07.1.2:
When searching for the next free Paging Occasion (PO) for a paging type 1, the RNC shall consider only POs within the time
given by the new parameter tpageVal. If no free PO is found within this time then the RNC shall discard the paging.
The RNC timer tpageVal should be aligned with the core network (MSC and SGSN) paging repetition timers.
Notes:
A PO is considered as free if the paging message has room left to add the new paging.
If the feature paging repetition is enabled and a PO contains RNC repeated pagings then these are removed if required to add
the 'fresh' paging. This is existing UA05.0 functionality from feature 24075.
If paging repetition is enabled then the RNC shall schedule repeated paging only within time tpageVal.
If the value of parameter tpageVal is changed then the RNC shall keep already scheduled pagings unchanged. The new value
applies for new pagings only.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 9
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment

1 5 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 10
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.1 Preambles transmission
Interference level
RACH FDDCell
detection

no 3
detection RACH
RACH preambleThreshold
preambleThreshold Preamble
detection

2 rachsubChannel

AS 1
0 AS 1 AS 2 AS15
Ack.

PRACH PRACH

4
4 6
1
1 preambleSignature

Wait forAck ...


Preamble Part Message part

prachScramblingCode
Preamble
aichTransmissionTiming

1 5 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UE PRACH use is composed of two parts: the preamble part and the message part.
Before transmitting the message part of the preamble, the UE waits for an acknowledgement from the network (on
the AICH), confirming that the network has detected the UE.
The transmission of the preamble part consists of the repetition of a preamble composed of a 16-chip signature
repeated 256 times for a total of 4096 chips.
Basically, the UE is assigned one of the 16 possible preambles signature and transmits it at increasing power until it
gets a response from the network. The parameter preambleSignature of the RACH object, defines the set of allowed
signatures of the PRACH preamble part.
The preambleThreshold parameter is defined as the threshold (in dB) over the interference level used for preamble
detection in the CEM card. (The real value in dB of the preamble threshold is given by the formula: -
36+0.5*preambleThreshold.)
The rachSubChannels parameter defines the set of access slots on which the mobiles are authorized to transmit
their access on the PRACH. It defines a sub-set of the total set of uplink access slots.
The aichTransmissionTiming parameter of the RACH object defines the timing relation between PRACH and AICH
channels.
The scrambling code of the PRACH preamble part is defined by the prachScramblingCode parameter of the RACH
object.
Note: The RACH preambleSignature is limited to 1 signature for iCEM128. The allowed signature will be
0000000000000001 or 1000000000000000 or 0000000100000000

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 11
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.2 Acknowledgement transmission
aichTransmissionTiming = 0 RACH
3 TS
Downlink AICH
AICH

Preamble Preamble PRACH


Uplink
PRACH
3 AS 3 AS

Transmission of AICH may only start at the beginning of a DL AS


Transmission of UL RACH preambles and RACH message parts may only start at the beginning of a UL AS

aichTransmissionTiming = 1
5 TS
Downlink AICH

AICH

Preamble Preamble PRACH


Uplink
PRACH
4 AS 4 AS

1 5 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aichTransmissionTiming parameter of the RACH object defines the timing relation between PRACH and AICH
channels.
For example, when aichTransmissionTiming is set to 1:
The minimum inter-preamble distance tp-p,min = 20480 chips (4 access slots)
The preamble-to-AI distance tpa = 12800 chips (5 time slots)
The preamble-to-message distance tp-m = 20480 chips (4 access slots)
Note: only aichTransmissionTiming = 1 is supported for iBTS (Global Market) and aichTransmissionTiming =
0 is supported for OneBTS (US Market).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 12
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.3 Preambles retransmission parameters

PREAMBLE #1

Access Cycle #1
preambleRetransMax (RACH)
PREAMBLE #2

PREAMBLE #N Mmax (RachTxParameters)

NB01min (RachTxParameters)

Access Cycle #2
PREAMBLE #1

NB01max (RachTxParameters)
PREAMBLE #N

1 5 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a negative answer is received by the UE from the network after a given period, the UE re-sends a preamble at
a higher transmission power, so that the Node B can detect it better among the other information received. This
ramping up process is thus characterized by:
of the preamble retransmission: 3GPP (cf. 25.321) has defined two parameters: NB01min and
Periodicity
NB01max, setting respectively the lower and the upper bounds of the retransmission periodicity (unit is
expressed in tens of ms).
Maximum number of preambles transmitted: this limitation is defined through preambleRetransMax and Mmax
parameters.
preambleRetransMax gives the maximum number of PRACH time slots allowed within an access cycle.
Mmax gives the maximum number of access cycles. An access cycle is defined by a number of radio
frames on which the PRACH access (and therefore a preamble ramping cycle) is allowed on specific slot
numbers.
The ramping process stops when the number of preambles transmitted has reached the maximum allowed number
of PRACH retransmissions, either within an access cycle, or when the maximum number of access cycles is reached.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 13
3 RRC connection establishment

1 5 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 14
3 RRC connection establishment
3.1 RRC connection setup
Node B
se)
t (Cau
ues
n Req
ctio RNC
Co nne
RRC

SRB = ???

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf DlUserService ServiceInit UlUserService UlRbSetConf

UserServices

1 5 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the UE attempt to establish an RRC Connection is accepted, the corresponding Signaling Radio Bearers can be
supported on two different RRC states and with two different throughputs:
CELL_FACH

CELL_DCH

The parameters which allow selection of the RRC state to support the Signaling Radio Bearers are UlUserviceId for
the UL direction, and DlUserserviceId for the DL direction.
The selection of the SRB xxServiceId to accommodate the RRC connection is distinguished by RRC establishment
Cause (UserServices instance):
IMSI Detach, Registration, Originating Low Priority Signaling, Originating Low Priority Signaling: SRB_CellFACH
Emergency Call: SRB_3_4K_DCH
Others (normal Originating and Terminating calls): SRB_13_6K_DCH

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 15
3 RRC connection establishment
3.2 UL interference CAC on RACH

Eb/No
required Call is accepted Call is rejected
Interference
level

Yes No
UL RTWP
Received Power
RTWP < Maximum UL Interference
Level

RNC
H
P- RAC

NBAP Common measurement report


(RTWP)

cacConfId (FDDCell) maxUlInterferenceLevel (CacConfClass)

1 5 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The overall interference level received in a cell is measured with the UL RTWP measurement (Received Total
Wideband Power measured at the Node B and forwarded to the RNC).
On RACH reception, before the allocation of the standalone signaling radio bearer, and during the resource
reservation phase, the RNC compares the measured RTWP with a fixed value, the maxULInterferenceLevel
parameter.
If the RTWP is below this threshold, the criterion is met.
If the RTWP is over the threshold, the call is rejected.
The RTWP is measured by the Node B and sent towards the RNC by sending a NBAP common measurement
report.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 16
3 RRC connection establishment
3.3 RRC connection rejection

RNC

RRC Connection Request

RNC rejects the UE requests

RRC Connection Rejected (cause)

waitTime parameter before UE re-attempt

RRC Connection Request

Cell load >= UL RTWP >=


Maximum UL Interference SRB CAC* Max UE RNC
Cell Load Threshold Contexts Overload
Level

waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection timeReject (Overload)


(FDDCell) (ServiceInit)
OR
OR waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure* waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure

1 5 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If RRC connection fails, the UE will re-attempt a 3G call establishment up to N300 times. However, the UE is
required to wait (at least) a predetermined time before the subsequent attempt on the 3G network. This wait time is
sent by the RNC to the UE in the Wait Time IE in the RRC Connection Reject message.
Subsequent call attempts may or may not be redirected to the 2G network, depending on whether the initial cause
for RRC Redirection still persists on the 3G UTRAN.
The Wait Time parameter will be set to the value associated with one of the following parameters:
timeReject. If the admission failure which causes the redirection is RNC overload
waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection. If the admission failure which causes the redirection is congestion
waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure. In the case of a 3G-2G Emergency Redirection or 3G-2G Redirection based
on cell load

The waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection parameter is in seconds and the value 0 indicates that the repetition
is not allowed.

Notes:
SRB CAC: The RNC will check that the resources required to support the SRB (e.g. power and codes) are
available.
Max UE contexts: The RNC checks that the maximum number of concurrent UE contexts will not be exceeded

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 17
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection
RNC

RRC Connection Request

Max UE SRB CAC


RNC Overload
Contexts Rejection

IF
RRC Establishment Cause = MO Conversational AND
is3Gto2GConversationalCallRedirectOnRrcEstabFailAllowed =
TRUE
OR
RRC Establishment Cause = Emergency AND
is3Gto2GRedirectForEmergencyAllowed = TRUE
AND
2G neighbor configured
THEN
include Redirection IE in RRC Connection Rejection message
RRC Connection Rejected (cause)
Redirection IE (Inter-RAT info = GSM)

is3Gto2GConversationalCallRedirectOnRrcEstabFailAllowed (RadioAccessService)
WaitTime3GTo2GRedirectFailure
(FDDCell) is3Gto2GRedirectForEmergencyAllowed (FDDCell)

1 5 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Upon reception of the RRC Connection Request message, the RNC executes the usual RRC Connection Admission
Controls.
If failure occurs for SRB assignment, the RNC verifies that some pre-conditions for redirection to GSM are fulfilled.
Then the RRC Connection Reject message contains the Redirection IE with Inter-RAT info set to GSM. Note that
the RNC is unaware of the UE capabilities at RRC Connection Request time. Therefore, the RNC attempts an RRC
Redirection independently of whether the UE supports GSM or the Redirection IE. If the UE supports GSM and the
Redirection IE, it will perform inter-system cell reselection and will re-originate the speech call on the 2G network.

All types of MO Conversational calls are redirected to 2G upon admission failure independently of the service type or
domain. This includes non-speech calls such as Video Telephony. This is a consequence of the fact that the RRC
establishment cause is not able to uniquely identify a CS speech at this early stage of the call progression.

Redirection is not triggered if the UE already has an established RRC connection prior to invoking the MO call
request (for example when a PS call is already established).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 18
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
3G-2G RRC Speech Redirection based on cell load
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed

(FDDCell)
FDD Originating Cell Load
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergency(

RadioAccessService)
Code Color

Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom


Power Color
FDD
Worst
UL Cell Color
Speech Call
Iub Color

CEM Color Worst 2G

UL RTWP Load
Color

Worst
UL Cell Color

redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
CEM Color
(FDDCell)

1 5 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, this feature enables 3G/2G RRC redirection of CS Speech calls when the cell load on the
originating UMTS cell reaches a configurable threshold.

Calls are rejected and redirected to GSM.

Mobile then selects a GSM cell based on previously measured neighbouring cell list and retries a call establishment.

This mechanism allows offloading 3G traffic to 2G before reaching CAC failure.

Compared to Load based Handover, this procedure does not consume any 3G resources.

Note: Green < Yellow< Red < Black

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 19
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
RNC
isGsmTargetInfoListIeAllowed
(RadioAccessService / ServiceInit)

RRC/RACH (RRC Connection Request)

IF
RRC Establishment Cause = MO Conversational AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed = TRUE)
OR
RRC Establishment Cause = Emergency AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed = TRUE AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergency =
TRUE
AND
other conditions are fulfilled
THEN
RRC/FACH (RRC Connection Reject)
include Redirection IE in RRC Connection Rejection
Wait time
message
Inter-RAT info=GSM
GSM Target cell info list (1 to 32 Cells)
BCCH ARFCN redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
Band Indicator (FDDCell)
Rejection Cause: congestion
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergenc
WaitTime3GTo2GRedirectFailure
y
(FDDCell)
(RadioAccessService)
1 5 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RRC Connection Request initiated by the UE contains the establishment cause.

The other conditions that must be fulfilled are explained in the next slide.

If the call is eligible to the 3G-2G redirection criterion, an RRC Connection Reject is sent to the UE with redirection
info included and may include the GSM target cell info list IE.
The RNC always sends the GSM target cell Info List whatever UE release (R99, R5, R6, R7).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 20
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
= True ? is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5
(FDDCell)
Yes

First RRC Connection Request (1st RACH)


AND
( Call Type IE = CS Speech (R6 UE)
or
is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5
is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5 = True (up to R5 UE) )
AND
(Establishment Cause = Originating Conversational or Emergency
Call*)
Yes
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergenc
y
Neighboring GSM Cell Defined ? *=True
Yes (RadioAccessService)

Originating Cell Load Color equal or


Yes
worse than 3G-2G Redirection
redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshol
redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold Triggered

1 5 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For R5 & R99 Mobiles, no differentiation in the RRC Connection IE between video & voice thus: risk to
move video calls in 2G is to be considered.

Upon receiving the RRC Connection Reject message from UTRAN, the UE will process the GSM cell selection process
using or not the GSM target cell info and will attempt an RACH on 2G if it finds an eligible GSM target cell.

If no GSM cell fulfills the selection criteria, the UE will re-attempt a new RACH towards the UTRAN after the wait
time timer (waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure) has elapsed. The UE may camp on the same Fdd cell or another
Fdd cell (the cell reselection process may change the Fdd cell).

When the re-attempt occurs in the same FDDCell within a certain period of time (RrcCnxRepeatTime), the RNC
doesnt redirect the call to the 2g and attempts to establish the call on the FDDCell thanks to a mechanism (already
used for all features dealing with RRC Redirection) at cell level which registers the UE identity before launching the
3G2G redirection. If the re-attempt occurs after the timer elapses or in a different FDDCell, the RACH is managed as
a first RRC establishment request.
2G load is not taken into account to take the decision to trigger the redirection.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 21
3 RRC connection establishment
3.5 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic

isFachPowerDifferentForSrbtraffic
= True
(RadioAccessService)

UE in Cell_FACH

RLC/MAC blocks (DATA)

A) FACH
D AT
ck s ( PWR
MA C blo fachTrbPowerOffset
RLC/ (FACH)
PCH
/ S-CC
F AC H
RLC/MAC blocks (SIGNALING)

LING
) FACH
s (SIGNA
c k
C blo
fachSrbPowerOffset
MA PWR
RLC/ (FACH)
PCH
/ S-CC
F AC H

1 5 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The feature differentiates the power level used for FACH channel depending on whether data or signaling is
transmitted.
From UA07, a Boolean switch allows choosing between the two alternative approaches.
It is possible for operator to choose one of the following options:
Power ramping for RRC Connection Setup message based on UE feedback and fixed (same) power for the rest
of signaling and traffic on FACH (UA05 onwards mechanism called FACH Power Adjustment and Quick Repeat).
Configurable fixed (different) power level based on whether the FACH frame contains Signaling Radio Bearer
data or Traffic Radio Bearer data (new option from UA07).

isFACHpowerdifferentForSRBtraffic allows one to enable/disable the use of the configured fixed power offset
based on whether the Radio Bearer is Signalling or Traffic.
If isFACHpowerdifferentForSRBtraffic is TRUE, regardless of whether isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated
(flag to activate FACH power adjustment) is turned on or off, the configured FACH power offset values based for
SRB fachSrbPowerOffset or TRB fachTrbPowerOffset are used.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 22
3.6 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic
3.5.1 FACH power adjustment
isFachPowerDifferentForSrbtraffic = False

Maximum FACHpower

AbsoluteMaxFachPower

FachTransmitPowerLevelStep
FachTransmitPowerLevelStep
InitialFachPowerAdjustment
sccpchPowerRelativetoPcpich
third RRC
PCPICHPower

second Connectio
first RRC RRC n Setup
all other Connection Connectio
P-CPICH Setup n Setup
FACH
messages

Feature Parameters (FachPowerAdjustmentParams)

Feature Activation maxFachPowerRelativeToPcpich (FACH)


initialFachPowerAdjustment
isFachPowerAdjustmentEnabled (CallAccessPerformanceConf)
fachTransmitPowerLevelStep
isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated (FDDCell)
fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold

sccpchPowerRelativeToPcpich (SCCPCH)

1 5 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

It is proposed to adjust the FACH power while sending the RRC Connection Setup message based on the CPICH
Ec/No measurement received from the RRC Connection Request message. The preferred power setting change is
only applied to the FACH frames which carry the RRC Connection Setup message. For other messages, the RNC
should set the power setting level to the nominal value.
Once the FACH power adjustment is required for the first RRC Connection Setup, at every next subsequent
repetitions (that is, T351 expiration), the FACH power is further stepped up.
The feature is activated both at the RNC (isFachPowerAdjustmentEnabled) and FddCell levels
(isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated).
If the quality measurements of either Ec/No (by default) or RSCP is below the threshold, the FACH power
adjustment will be performed.

fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold represents the absolute thresholds of PCPICH quality


measurements which activate the feature. If Ec/No is below the threshold, the FACH power adjustment will be
performed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 23
3.6 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic
3.5.2 RRC connection setup repetition

UE RNC-IN
RNC-
CN Control of RRC Connection Setup
RRC Connection Request (TM) (CPICH Ec/No) t300

RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection (UeTimerCstIdleMode)


Setup

t300 t351 Control of RRC Connection Complete


RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection
t351
Setup t352 n351
t351 t352
RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection (CallAccessPerformanceConf)
Setup

Quick Repeat (CallAccessPerformanceConf)

isQuickPepeatActivated (FDDCell)
isQuickPepeatAllowed
RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection
numberOfQuickRepeat
Setup
deltaCpichEcNoUsedQuickRepeat

RRC Connection Setup Complete (AM)

1 5 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RRC Connection Setup message is sent over CCCH/FACH in RLC UM mode. Without its retransmission, the
message could be lost over the air due to bad RF conditions. The objective of this feature is to provide the RRC
Connection Setup message retransmission functionality if the RRC Connection Setup Complete message from the UE
has not been received within the duration of T351 timer.
The retransmission of the RRC Connection Setup message based on a quicker timer T351 than T300 reduces the call
setup duration. By reducing the need for the UE to submit another RRC Connection Request message as a result of
the expiry of timer T300, this feature has a positive impact to the RACH capacity.

This feature provides quick repetition functionality of the RRC Connection Setup message without waiting for the
acknowledgement from the UE (RRC Connection Setup Complete message).
The quick repetition of the RRC Connection Setup is activated based on the P-CPICH Ec/No measurement received
from the RRC Connection Request message reported by the UE. If quality measurements are below a certain
threshold, that is; CPICH EC/No < fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold +
deltaCpichEcNoUsedQuickRepeat. The likelihood of high BLER on the FACH channel is increased, thus reducing
the probability of RRC Connection Setup being successfully received by the UE, since it is sent on RLC UM. In order
to increase the probability of successful RRC Connection Setup transmission, the message is quick-repeated, that is
to say, without waiting for an acknowledgement.

T352 is the Alcatel-Lucent Timer to control the release of UE call context by the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 24
4 RAB matching principles

1 5 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 25
4 RAB matching principles
4.1 RAB request vs. UserServices configuration

ice
Serv est
u RNC Core Network
Req
Service
Request

RB = ??? RAB Assignment Request

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf DlUserService ServiceInit UlUserService UlRbSetConf

UserServices

1 5 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Several Access Stratum configurations are supported.


They are split between downlink and uplink and may be dissymmetric.
At the RNC, each access stratum configuration is identified by an access stratum configuration Identifier or
UserServiceId. This identifier characterizes a set of radio bearers that are linked through a common radio
configuration, including therefore a signaling radio bearer (SRB) and a set of traffic Radio Bearers (RBs).

The objective of the RAB matching algorithm is to translate the RAB parameters specified in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST received from the Core Network into a pre-defined RAB supported in the RNC.
The requested RAB is matched to the closest RAB provisioned in the RNC, using the RAB matching algorithm.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 26
4 RAB matching principles
4.2 Matching main steps

UE Capability Requested RAB Establishment Cause

Candidate RBSet Selection


RAB to RBset Matching
UE Capability Check

TrCH Type Selection

IRM Selection (DL) IRM Selection (UL)

RBSet List Construction

UserServices Matching RBset to UserServices Matching

UE Capability Check

Reference UserServices Target UserServices

1 5 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

RAB Matching is done at call establishment. For soft handover, only resource reservation and Call Access Control are
performed.
The above diagram describes the main steps of the RAB Matching algorithm used.
Step 1: RAB to RBset Matching:
UL & DL RBs are selected according to the RAB Request and stored in an RB set.
this RB list is filtered according to UE capabilities.
Step 2: Transport Channel Type Selection:
DCH or HDSCH in DL, DCH or E-DCH in UL is selected according to the UE and cell capabilities
Step 3: iRM RAB to RB Mapping (DL only):
a DL Target RB is elected among all the selected RBs of the RBset.
Step 4: RBset to User Services Matching:
Target User Services are extracted and explicitly defined from the RBsets.
Reference User Services are extracted and explicitly defined from the RBsets.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 27
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type
selection

1 5 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 28
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.1 Candidate RBset selection
Core Network RNC
RAB Assignment Request enableRabNegotiation
(RadioAccessService)
Maximum Bit Rate
Guaranteed Bit Rate
RadioAccessService
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...
DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

enabledForRABMatching (DlRbSetConf)
enabledForRABMatching (UlRbSetConf)

Candidate RBset Selection

DL Candidate RBset UL Candidate RBset

DL Reference RB UL Reference RB

1 5 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Purpose of this algorithm is to get as output a radio bearer table containing all the acceptable Radio Bearers (DL
Candidate RBset and UL Candidate RBset), among which one is marked as the Reference RB in UL & DL. These
RBsets also include the RBs to be used for Always On and iRM Scheduling (when applicable).
From all Radio Bearers defined in the RNC, the RNC selects the Radio Bearers (DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf)
having the following properties:
It is eligible for RbSet Matching (enabledForRabMatching).
The Traffic Class corresponds to the requested Traffic Class.
The Bit Rate is compliant with the RBset selection criteria (see next slide).
For PS Calls, the rule is to sort all eligible radio bearers in decreasing bit rate order, and to select the reference radio
bearer as being the first element in the top of the list.
Other radio bearers are kept as fallback radio bearers.

From UA06.0, RAB negotiation may be supported at establishment time. If the enableRabNegotiation flag is set
to True, the presence of the Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is checked in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
[3GPP_R18] or RELOCATION REQUEST message and if present with either Alternative MBR or Alternative GBR then
negotiating the Maximum Bit Rate or Guaranteed Bit Rate (Streaming class) respectively is allowed.
RAB matching and call admission is performed as normal and if the requested rate is not achievable a lower data
rate may be selected. This is applicable to both Interactive/Background and Streaming RABs.
Note: The enableRabNegotiation activation flag shall be set to True only if the SGSNs in the CN support the RAB
negotiation facility with the Unspecified Type of Alternative Bit Rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 29
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.2 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: speech

Candidate RBset Selection

If AMR Multi Mode Allowed


RAB Assignment Request Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
=
TC =Conversational Maximum Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request )
Maximum Bit Rate
Guaranteed Bit Rate Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
UMTS Traffic Class Source=Speech
A/R Priority Level Guaranteed Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request)
...

DL Candidate UL Candidate
RbSet RbSet

CS_AMR_WB: CS_AMR_NB: CS_AMR_LR:


{12.65k, 8.85k, 6.6k} {12.2k, 7.95k, 5.9k, 4.75k} {5.9k, 4.75k}
{12.2k, 7.4k, 5.9k, 4.75k} {4.75k}

1 5 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The allocation of bearer for voice call depends if the multi-mode AMR is activated at RNC level:
If Traffic Class = Conversational and Source = Speech (Speech case)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) = MaxBitRate (rabParam)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
The RNC shall determine the speech bearer according to the AMR activated modes:
CS_AMR_WB: CS_AMR_NB: CS_AMR_LR
o {12.65k, 8.85k, 6.6k} o {12.2k, 7.95k, 5.9k, 4.75k} o {5.9k, 4.75k}
o {12.2k, 7.4k, 5.9k, 4.75k} o {4.75k}

The following table shows an example of the CS Radio Bearer Table:

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 30
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.3 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: streaming

Candidate RBset Selection

RAB Assignment Request


Traffic Class Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
=
Maximum Bit Rate Streaming Guaranteed Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request)
Guaranteed Bit Rate
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...

DL Candidate UL Candidate
RbSet RbSet
DCH HSDPA DCH HSUPA
PS_16K_STR PS_HSDSCH_STR PS_16K_STR PS_EDCH_STR
PS_64K_STR PS_32K_STR
PS_128K_STR PS_64K_STR
PS_256K_STR PS_128K_STR
PS_384K_STR

1 5 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The following table shows an example of the Streaming Radio Bearer Table.

Note: Streaming over EDCH is an optional feature/service supported from release UA07.1.2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 31
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.4 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: interact./backgr.

DL Candidate
RbSet
Candidate RBset Selection

RAB Assignment Request Bit Rate (RbSetConf)


Traffic Class

=
Maximum Bit Rate Maximum Bit Rate (RAB Assignment
Interactive/Background UL Candidate
Guaranteed Bit Rate Request)
RbSet
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...

Example
Candidate RBset Selection
DL Candidate RbSet
CS MaxBitRate = 12.2k DCH
PS MaxBitRate DL = 2048K UE Capability Check* UL Candidate RbSet PS 384K (Ref.)
PS MaxBitRate UL = 384K PS 256K
CS Speech + PS I/B
DCH
PS 384K PS 128K
A/R Priority Level = 2 PS 64K
... PS 128K (Ref.)
PS 64K PS 32K
PS 32K PS 16K
* If isUeCapabilitiesInRabMatchingAllowed = True PS 16K PS 8K
PS 8K CS 12.2k (Ref.)
(RadioAccessService)
CS 12.2k (Ref.)

1 5 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From all Radio Bearers defined in the RNC, the RNC selects the Radio Bearers (DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf)
having the following properties:
It is eligible to RbSet Matching (EnabledForRabMatching parameter)
The Traffic Class corresponds to the requested Traffic Class and:
If Traffic Class = Conversational and Source = Speech (Speech case)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) = MaxBitRate (rabParam)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
If Traffic Class = Streaming
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
If Traffic Class = Interactive or Background
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) MaxBitRate (rabParam)

The Candidate RBset Selection produces two Radio Bearers lists (one list for UL and one list for DL) that are further
filtered according to UE capability.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 32
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.5 TrCH type selection

Based on UE Category, not based on Core network info


Cell
R99 R5 R6
UE
Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH

R99 STR DCH STR DCH STR DCH

I/B DCH I/B DCH I/B DCH

Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH


HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
R5 STR DCH STR STR
DCH DCH
HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
I/B DCH I/B I/B
DCH DCH
Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH

HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
STR DCH STR STR
R6 DCH E-DCH

HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
I/B DCH I/B I/B
DCH E-DCH

1 5 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This step aims to perform the transport choice decision:


DCH,

HSxPA,

FACH.

The decision is taken according to several rules:


CS RAB is always established on a DCH Channel.
For a R5 or R6 UE (HSDPA capable), the downlink PS I/B RB is preferred on HSDPA.
the downlink PS Streaming RB is preferred on HSDPA if streaming on HSDPA is activated.
For a R6 UE (HSUPA capable), the uplink PS I/B RB is preferred on HSUPA.
the uplink PS Streaming RB is preferred on HSUPA if streaming on HSUPA is activated.

Note: Streaming over EDCH is an optional feature/service supported starting release UA07.1.2

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 33
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination

1 5 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 34
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.1 iRM selection
Requested RAB

Reference UL bit rate RAB to RBset Matching Reference DL bit rate


(UL/DL)

UL iRM DL iRM

iRM Tables

iRM Target UL RB bit rate iRM Target DL RB bit rate

UL bit rate limitation DL bit rate limitation


If Max UL RB bit rate > Target UL RB bit rate If Max DL RB bit rate > Target DL RB bit rate
Then Initial UL RB bit rate = Target UL RB bit rate Then Initial DL RB bit rate = Target DL RB bit rate
Else Initial UL RB bit rate = Max UL RB bit rate Else Initial DL RB bit rate = Max DL RB bit rate

isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed RBset to UserServices Matching isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed


(RadioAccessService) (UL/DL) (RadioAccessService)
maxUlEstablishmentRbRate maxDlEstablishmentRbRate
Target RAB (DL/UL)
(CacConfClass) (CacConfClass)
isOamCappingOfDataAllowed Resource Reservation isOamCappingOfDataAllowed
(RadioAccessService) & (RadioAccessService)
maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch Admission Control maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch
(DchRateCapping) (DchRateCapping)

1 5 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

According to the cell load (DL and UL) and radio conditions of the UE (DL only), from a Reference RB bit rate
deduced from CN QoS requirements, the RNC will determine, in UL and in DL, a Target RB bit rate in order to avoid
congestion in the cell.
iRM UL and iRM DL Tables are used for Target RB determination according to some criteria (see next slides).

Besides, RB adaptation based on traffic is a feature introducing PS I/B RB bit rate downsizing/upsizing based on user
estimated average throughput.
DL and UL rate adaptation are performed independently.

In UL and/or DL, an initial RB Rate Adaptation can be performed at RAB establishment to admit a user at a
configurable low bit rate.
Consequently, the allocated UL PS RB bit rate and/or UL PS RB bit rate is limited at RAB Establishment, even if the
user is requesting more.
Once the RAB is established, it may be possible to upsize the RB to UL PS 384 kbps if needed thanks to RB
Adaptation:
"Max UL RB bit rate" ("Max DL RB bit rate") specifies the maximum UL rate (DL rate), which may be allocated
at service establishment time (RANAP RAB Assignment Request) or after relocation (RANAP Relocation
Request).
This parameter is significant when isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed = True (isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed =
True).
It depends on the activation of the "Initial Rate Capping during RB reconfiguration" feature:

isOamCappingOfDataAllowed = False isOamCappingOfDataAllowed = True


Max UL RB bit rate = maxUlEstablishmentRbRate maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch
Max DL RB bit rate = maxDlEstablishmentRbRate maxDlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 35
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.2 DL IRM target RB selection algorithm
Code Load
Power Load
3 Iub Load
CEM Load 4 Olympic Service Level

2 DL RL Quality
DL Cell Color

olo r
Link C
Radio
Gold
Bronze Silver

DL Candidate RbSet DL Candidate RbSet

(Ref.) (Ref.)
1 (Target)

5 DL IRM Tables

1 5 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This step is applied only in the downlink.


The DL iRM Target RB selection algorithm is based on:
UEradio conditions based on CPICH Ec/No and CPICH RSCP reported in the RRC Measurements that indicates
the radio conditions.
The two colors Green and Red respectively represent good radio conditions and bad radio conditions.
cell
load through cell color computation from the downlink OVSF code tree occupancy, the downlink power used
versus the available power, the Iub load and the CEM processing load (D-BBU load).
The three colors (green, yellow and red) are distinguished, green color meaning that the cell is not
loaded, and red color indicating a loaded cell.
OlympicService Level (OLS) is either Gold or Silver or Bronze according to the Allocation/Retention Priority IE
provided in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message).
Once computed, the target downlink radio bearer is flagged as Target Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 36
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.3 DL iRM on radio link condition

No
isIrmOnRlConditionAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ?
Good RL
Yes Condition

If
- CPICH_Ec/No < irmDlPowerThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) dlRbSetConfId
And (IrmOnRlConditionParameters)

CPICH_RSCP > irmDlCoverageThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters)

Then Else

fallbackRbRate (DlRbSetConf)

Good RL Bad RL
Condition Condition

cacConfId (FDDCell) cacConfId (FDDCell)

1 5 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iRM Target RB selection shall be limited to fallBackRbRate in case of bad UE radio conditions in order to reduce RLC
re-transmissions and guarantee a minimum level of throughput.
Radio Link conditions are assessed from RRC measurements reported by UE.
Link color calculation is based on the following algorithm:
if (-CPICH Ec/N0 primary < IRMDlPowerThreshold) and (CPICH RSCP > IRMDlCoverageThreshold)
then link color = GREEN
else link color = RED
DL iRM Target RB bit rate shall be limited to fallBackRbRate if the radio link color is RED, otherwise no limitation is
requested.

Note:
During transition from cell FACH state to Cell DCH state, CPICH RSCP is not reported by the UE, therefore:
the coverage criterion (IrmDlCoverageThreshold) is ignored.
theRadio link color evaluation is then based only on CPICH Ec/No measurements as reported on the last RACH
message.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 37
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.4 DL iRM on cell color
No FDDCell Color =
isIrmOnCellColourAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ? Green
Yes

Code Color Power Color

FDDCell Color
DL Cell Color

DL IRM Tables NodeB Color


Specific CE capacity
Credit calculation and
isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationEnabled CE consumption laws
(RadioAccessService) for CEM
bwPoolcellColor (EM/RncIn/Cm)
iRMIubLoadQoS (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)
Iub Color CEM Color

Iub Color = No Yes


Green
? Yes
CEM Color =
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
? Green
(RadioAccessService) No

1 5 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

RAB allocation management is based on FDDcell color and NodeB color.


FDDCell color is derived from a load calculation based on OVSF tree and DL power occupancy.
Node B color is derived from an Iub bandwidth occupancy and CEM processing load.
So, it provides means for a better management of cell resources.
At each allocation/release/reconfiguration of resources, the RNC calculates current:
code color based on OVSF code tree occupancy load
power color based on DL cell power usage
Iub color based on VCC allocated on Iub
CEM load based on credits usage.
Then a composite Cell color is derived, which is an input to iRM table.

isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationEnabled activates or deactivatesthe Computation of Downlink Iub load


color and its aggregation in the global cell color.
bwPoolCellColor controls whether Iub downlink usage will be included in the cell color.
iRMIubLoadQoS is a Bitmap of QoS to be taken in account for the iRM Iub Transport Load computation. Bit i
corresponds to QoS i. Value 1: QoS to be taken in account; Value 0: QoS not to be taken in account.

CEM load is not only used in the iRM CAC algorithm. Therefore if CEM load criterion is not to be used in iRM CAC
although CEM load is being computed for iMCTA feature, then:
The isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter has to be set to TRUE
The isCEMModelValidForDlColour parameter has to be set to FALSE
In this case, the CEM Color used in iRM CAC will be equal to the dlCEMColourDefaultValue parameter
value.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 38
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.5 DL cell color calculation
Code Load
yellow2RedCLCThreshold 70 % red2YellowCLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) (IrmOnCellColourParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2YellowCLCThreshold yellow2GreenCLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) 40 % (IrmOnCellColourParameters)

Power Load
yellow2RedPLCThreshold 70 % red2YellowPLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) (IrmOnCellColourParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2YellowPLCThreshold yellow2GreenPLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) 40 % (IrmOnCellColourParameters)

Iub Load
Worst DL Cell Color
yellow2RedDlTLCThreshold 90 % red2YellowDlTLCThreshold
(IrmIubTransportLoadParameters) (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2YellowDlTLCThreshold yellow2GreenDlTLCThreshold
(IrmIubTransportLoadParameters) 60 % (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)

CEM Load
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold 90 % red2YellowDlCEMThreshold
(DlIrmCEMParameters) (DlIrmCEMParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold
(DlIrmCEMParameters) 60 % (DlIrmCEMParameters)
1 5 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

NOTE: The values provided here for the different Power load, Code load, Iub load and CEM load are just examples.
They are neither Alcatel-Lucent default values nor recommended values as those ones are driven by the
configuration of Node B and cell and by the operator strategy as a trade-off between capacity (number of
simultaneous users) and quality (throughput for PS service).
Indeed:
Codeload thresholds setting is driven by the code capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
number of S-CCPCH channels configured, on the fact that the cell might also carry HSDPA traffic, and in that
case on the Dynamic Code Tree Management feature activation.
Powerload thresholds setting is driven by the power capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
usage of OCNS, and on the power reserved for HSDPA.
Iub load thresholds setting is driven by the Iub bandwidth capacity of the BTS which depends on the number of
E1 links equipped, the IMA activation and the CAC method used.
CEM load thresholds setting is driven by the CEM capacity of the BTS which depends on the type and number
of CEM boards equipped, on the number of Local Cell Group configured and on the DBBU Frequency Pooling
activation (dbbuPoolMode parameter).
CEM color in DL is calculated by the iRM mechanism comparing the DL CEM load estimation (expressed in percent)
with the different CEM DL load thresholds configured at OAM
Once computed, the CEM color is applied to all the cells of a BTS, cells belonging to the same Local Cell Group.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 39
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.6 DL cell color/active set color calculation
Cell 1

Worst

Worst + =
+ =
Code Color
Worst Iub Color + =

Green Yellow

Red

Power Green Yellow


Color Cell Color
Worst
Red

Cell N
Active Set Color
Green Yellow

Red

Cell Color

1 5 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Cell load color calculation


This block allows code, power and Iub occupancy to be taken into account in the calculation of cell color.
The cell load color is calculated as follows:
cell load color = Worst (radio load color, iub load color)
radio load color = Worst (code load color, power load color)

Active set cell load color calculation


When the call is in soft handover, the color taken into account is the active set color defined as the worst color
between the colors of the cells present in the active set. The active set load color is calculated as follows:
active set color = Worst (cell(i) color, i [1..N])
where cell(i) is the cell of the active set and N is the active set size.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 40
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.7 DL target RB determination

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Reference RB Bit Rate
Traffic class
DL Maximum Bit Rate
Allocation/Retention Priority Level

olo r
Link C
Radio fallBackRbRate MIN Target RB Bit Rate

+ Gold
iRMRbRate

Bronze Silver
DL Cell Color
OLS
1 5 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RAB to RB mapping function consists in defining the target RB Set that will replace the Reference RB.
For each triplet {DlRbSetConf, OLS, CellColor}, an iRMRbRate parameter is defined in a DL iRM Table:

DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB DlIrmTable
PS_ 256K_STR OLS Cell Colour Cell Colour Cell Colour
PS_128k_IB = Green = Yellow = Red
PS_128k_IB_MUX Gold 384 128 64
PS_128K_STR Silver 384 128 64
Bronze 384 128 64

DL iRM RB Selection chooses as Target RB bit rate the minimum between:


Reference RB bit rate deduced from CN requirements
Eventual fallBackRbRate is UE in bad radio conditions
iRMRbRate given by DL iRM Tables

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 41
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.8 DL iRM CEM load parameters
RNC

NeighbouringRnc
defaultDlIrmCellColour
NodeB RadioAccessService
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled

1..15

DedicatedConf DlIrmTableConfClass dlIrmTableConfClassId DlRbSetConf

nodeBConfClassId
3
fallBackRbRate
IrmRbRateList
1..15

NodeBConfClass 3
isCEMModelValidForDlColour
IrmRbRateEntry
dlCEMColourDefaultValue

iRMRbRate
DlIrmCEMParameters
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold
red2YellowDlCEMThreshold
yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold

1 5 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 42
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.9 DL iRM table: example for PS_384K_IB radio bearer
DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB
PS_ 256K_STR
PS_128k_IB
IrmRbRateList Instance IrmRbRateEntry
PS_128k_IB_MUX
Instance iRMRbRate
PS_128K_STR
/0 Cell Color = Green 0 OLS = Gold 384
1 OLS = Silver 384
2 OLS = Bronze 384
/1 Cell Color = Yellow 0 OLS = Gold 128
1 OLS = Silver 128
2 OLS = Bronze 128
/2 Cell Color = Red 0 OLS = Gold 64
1 OLS = Silver 64
2 OLS = Bronze 64

1 5 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 43
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise
Assumptions
hsdpaActivation (FDDCell) = False
enabledForRabMatching (any DlRbSetConf) = True
isIrmOnRlConditionAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
irmDlPowerThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) = 15dB
irmDlCoverageThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) = -100dBm
fallBackRbRate (PS_384K_IB) = 64kbps
isIrmOnCellColourAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
green2YellowCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
yellow2GreenCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2RedCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
green2YellowPLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2GreenPLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 50%
yellow2RedPCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
red2YellowPCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
green2YellowDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
yellow2GreenDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2RedDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
1 5 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 44
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise [cont.]
Assumptions
isCEMColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isCEMModelValidForDlColour (nodeBConfClass) = True
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%

DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB DlIrmTable
PS_ 256K_STR OLS Cell Color Cell Color Cell Color
PS_128k_IB = Green = Yellow = Red
PS_128k_IB_MUX Gold 384 128 64
PS_128K_STR Silver 384 128 64
Bronz
384 128 64
e
1 5 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 45
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise [cont.]

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Traffic class = Background
DL Maximum Bit Rate = 2048000
UL Maximum Bit Rate = 128000
Allocation/Retention Priority Level = 1

Iub

NodeB

io Li n k
Rad

Code load = 60%


R5 UE Power load = 50%
CPICH_EcNo = -5dB Iub load = 60%
CPICH_RSCP = -89dBm CEM load = 85%

Question: Find the iRM Target DL RB Rate?


1 5 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 46
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.11 UL IRM target RB selection algorithm
3 UL Radio Load

Load
Radio
4 Olympic Service Level

Worst UL Cell Color


Gold
Bronze Silver
2 CEM Load

UL Candidate
UL Candidate RbSet RbSet
(Ref.) (Ref.)
1 (Target)

5 UL IRM Tables

1 5 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aim of UL iRM CAC is to provide the operator means to manage efficiently I/B and streaming RABs on R99
resources as a function of:
traffic
conditions (through radio load color evaluated by the RNC thanks to Noise Rise estimated by the NodeB
and reported to the RNC)
CEM load (through CEM color)
OLS (Olympic Service Level is either Gold or Silver or Bronze arrording to the Allocation/Retention Priority IE
provided in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message).
Further reconfiguration can be triggered either by DL related events or by the UL RAB adapt feature.
This feature provides the operator with the best trade-off in terms of offered QoS and NodeB/Cell available
resources.
This minimizes blocking and call drops.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 47
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.12 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (NodeB) = False
NodeB CRNC
isRtwpAdjustmentForRnc (BTSEquipment) = True
Common Measurement Report
RTWP= -106.1 + RoTnon E-DCH RoTnon E-DCH (dB) = RTWP + 106.1

UL Radio Load (%) = 1 10-(RoTnon E-DCH/10)


Max allowed UL load Noise Rise vs. UL load
20

18

E-DCH load 16

14

Noise Rise (dB) = RoT


CS64 12

RoTma 10
x
8
PS64 RoTnon E-DCH
6
RTWPnon E-DCH
CS12.2 4

2
CS12.2
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
NodeB NF UL load (%)
RTWPref
Thermal Noise
Acceptable Max load

1 5 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The way to control the Uplink traffic QoS is to maintain the UL load under a fixed level.
The current absolute UL RTWP (i.e. Received Total Wideband Power) as defined in the 3GPP cannot be measured
with enough accuracy (+/- 4 dB). Indeed, it depends on the temperature and site conditions. It is therefore varying
in time.
Due to these constraints, UL load cannot be controlled based on direct UL RTWP measurements => Needs for
enhanced estimation.
Therefore in order to improve the accuracy of the R99 UL CAC algorithm, the Node B provides the RNC with the
Rise over the varying Thermal noise (RoT) corresponding to the Noise Rise induced by the UL R99 traffic.
As the measurement provided by the Node B in the Common Measurement Report should be the RTWP expressed in
dBm, the Node B adds a fixed reference value equal to 106.1dBm to the actual RoT.
The UL load should be monitored in order not to overload the system. It should be kept lower than a fixed threshold
to keep the system stable.
The UL load estimation is required for correct E-DCH scheduling and efficient UL iRM CAC.
The thermal noise should be well estimated in order to compute the UL load.

RSEPS: Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share


When the RSEPS measurements are deactivated, the BTS reports only the RTWP measurements.
If we activate the RSEPS measurements, the RNC configures NBAP common measurements to report periodically:
Total_RTWP

Reference_RTWP

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 48
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.1 Self-learning of RTWPref

isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning No RTWPref = -106.1


? dBm
(BTSEquipment)

Yes
rtwpReference
(BTSCell)
RTWPref,0 = -106.1dBm
RTWP when no traffic

+++ +
+ ++ + +
++
++
++ +
+ + +
+++
+
+ +
+ +
+ + + +++
++ + +
++
+ +++
+
+ +++ + +
+ +
+ + +++
++ +
+ +++++
+
+
+ ++ + + +
+
+
++ ++++
+++ + +
+
+ ++
+
-105.4dBm ++
time
Day n-1 Day n Day n+1

RTWPref,n-1 RTWPref,n = -105.4


dBm

1 5 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RTWP reference value (called RTWPref) should correspond to the minimum value of RTWP values received in
the cell when there are no connections in the Node B.
During the learning time (24hours), the Node B keeps the RTWPcur values measured (filtered by L3 filtering-
param sent by the RNC) if no traffic in the Node B.
Please note that the first learning cycle is faster than 24 hours.

The feature Self learning of RTWP ref is used in the two cases: UL Radio Load Estimation Without RSEPS & UL Radio
Load Estimation With RSEPS.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 49
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.2 Calculation in Node B

E-DCH load RTWPE-


DCH

CS64
RTWPnon E-DCH = RTWPcur RTWPE-DCH
RTWPcur
PS64 RoTnon E-DCH RoTnon E-DCH = RTWPnon E-DCH - RTWPref
RTWPnon E-DCH
CS12.2

CS12.2
NodeB NF
RTWPref
Thermal Noise

1 5 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The non E-DCH load is obtained by substracting this computed E-DCH load from the total RTWP.
For each E-DCH connection, the SIR will be estimated in function of the SIR on UL DPCCH and the gain factors.
These SIR are cumulated and then the contribution of E-DCH to the current total RTWP is estimated.
Note that the E-DCH traffic that belongs to other cells is included in the non E-DCH RTWP measurement.
The total RTWPcur is the average between the two RX diversity branches if any.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 50
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.3 Calculation in RNC
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled
(RadioAccessService) No Radio Load Color =
? Green
isUlRadioLoadColourEnabled
(NodeBConfClass)

CRNC

Common Measurement Initiation Request

NodeB Measurement Type = RTWP


Reporting Mode = Periodic
Report Periodicity = nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
Filter Coefficient = nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff

Common Measurement Reportn-1


UL Radio Loadn-1
RTWP = -106.1 + RoTnon E-DCH, n-1
nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
Common Measurement Reportn
UL Radio Loadn

nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters)
UL Radio Load = 1 10-(RoTnon E-DCH/10)
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters)

1 5 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The activation of UL RTWP measurement is not linked to the UL Load feature.


NBAP Common Measurements are activated at cell setup.
There is no way to put measurement off. Therefore, there is no need to lock / unlock any cell to activate NBAP
Common Measurements.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 51
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.13 UL load estimation with RSEPS: calculation in RNC

isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (NodeB) = True

C-RNC
Common Measurement Initiation Request (Total RTWP, Reference RTWP)

Common Measurement Initiation Request (Received Scheduled Edch Power Share)

Common Measurement Reports (Total RTWP, Reference RTWP)

Common Measurement Reports (EDCH power ratio)

With this measurement : no more need to adjust the RTWP Measurement at BTS to
report the Non-Edch RoT
The RNC computes the Non-Edch load for iRM UL load

UL Radio Load (%) = Non_Edch_UL_load = Total_UL_Load - RSEPS[ratio]


Where:

Total_UL_Load (%) = 1 - 10^( - Total_RoT / 10)


Total_RoT [dB] = Total RTWP[dBm] Reference RTWP[dBm]

1 5 52 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the RSEPS measurements are activated:


The RNC configures NBAP common measurements to periodically report:
Total RTWP
Reference RTWP
The RNC configures Received Scheduled Edch Power Share (RSEPS) measurements to report the Edch power
ratio.

WARNING: if RSEPS are activated, the #303 UL_RSSI counter gives the actual total RTWP whereas in UA05 it
corresponded to -106.1dBm + RoT_non_Edch.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 52
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.14 UL IRM on cell color
Cell Color = Green CEM Color = Green

No No
Yes
isUlIrmOnCellColourAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ? isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
(RadioAccessService) ?
Yes Yes

isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled
(RadioAccessService) CEM Color
isUlRadioLoadColourEnabled
(NodeBConfClass)

Yes
Radio Load
? UL Cell Color
Color
No

Radio Load Color = Green

UL IRM Tables

1 5 53 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As any other, the CEM load criteria can be used or not thanks to the isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter.
But CEM load is not only used in iRM CAC algorithm. Therefore if the CEM load criterion is not to be used in iRM CAC
although CEM load is being computed for iMCTA feature, then:
The isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter has to be set to TRUE .
The isCEMModelValidForUlColour parameter has to be set to FALSE.
In this case, the CEM Color used in iRM CAC will be equal to ulCEMColourDefaultValue parameter value.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 53
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.15 UL cell color calculation

Radio Load

yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold 70 % red2yYellowUlRadioLoadThreshold
(UlIrmRadioLoadParameters) (UlIrmRadioLoadParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2yYellowUlRadioLoadThreshold yellow2GreenUlRadioLoadThreshold
(UlIrmRadioLoadParameters) 40 % (UlIrmRadioLoadParameters)

Worst UL Cell Color

CEM Load

yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold 90 % red2yYellowUlCEMThreshold
(UlIrmCEMParameters) (UlIrmCEMParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2yYellowUlCEMThreshold yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold
(UlIrmCEMParameters) 60 % (UlIrmCEMParameters)

1 5 54 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CEM color in UL is calculated by the iRM mechanism comparing the UL CEM load estimation (expressed in percent)
with the different CEM UL load thresholds configured at OAM
Once computed, the CEM color is applied to all the cells of a BTS, cells belonging to the same Local Cell Group.
NOTE: The values provided here for the different Radio load and CEM load are just examples. They are neither
Alcatel-Lucent default values nor recommended values as those ones are driven by the configuration of NodeB and
cell and by the operator strategy as a trade-off between capacity (number of simultaneous users) and quality
(throughput for PS service).
Indeed:
Radio load thresholds setting is driven by the code capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
fact that the cell might also carry HSUPA traffic. Attention should be paid to the fact that
yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold should be lower or equal to the UL CAC threshold
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch.
CEM load thresholds setting is driven by the CEM capacity of the BTS which depends on the type and number
of CEM boards equipped, on the number of Local Cell Group configured and on the DBBU Frequency Pooling
activation (dbbuPoolMode parameter).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 54
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.16 iRM target UL RB rate determination

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Reference RB Bit Rate
Traffic class
UL Maximum Bit Rate
Allocation/Retention Priority Level

MIN Target RB Bit Rate

+ Gold
iRMRbRate

Bronze Silver
Cell Color
OLS
1 5 55 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 55
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.17 UL iRM radio load parameters
RNC

NeighbouringRnc
defaultUlIrmCellColour
BTSEquipment NodeB
isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed
isRtwpAdjustmentForRnc
RadioAccessService
nodeBConfClassId isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled

BTSCell localCellId FDDCell


rtwpReference localCellId
DedicatedConf

cacConfClassId

1..15 1..15 1..15

CacConfClass NodeBConfClass MeasurementConfClass


isUllRadioLoadColourEnabled

UlIrmRadioLoadParameters NbapMeasRtwpParameters
green2yellowUlRadioLoadThreshold nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
yellow2redUlRadioLoadThreshold nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff
red2yellowUlRadioLoadThreshold
yellow2greenUlRadioLoadThreshold

1 5 56 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 56
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.18 UL iRM CEM load parameters
RNC

RadioAccessService
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
NodeB

DedicatedConf

nodeBConfClassId

1..15

NodeBConfClass
isCEMModelValidForUlColour
ulCEMColourDefaultValue

UlIrmCEMParameters
green2YellowUlCEMThreshold
yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold
red2YellowUlCEMThreshold
yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold

1 5 57 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 57
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.19 UL iRM table parameters
RNC

RadioAccessService

1..15

UlIrmTableConfClass ulIrmTableConfClassId UlRbSetConf

Example
3 UlRbSetConfId = PS_384K_IB
IrmRbRateList IrmRbRateEntry
IrmRbRateList Instance
Instance iRMRbRate

3
0 OLS = Gold 384
/0 Cell Color = Green 1 OLS = Silver 384
IrmRbRateEntry
2 OLS = Bronze 384
0 OLS = Gold 128
iRMRbRate /1 Cell Color = Yellow 1 OLS = Silver 128
2 OLS = Bronze 128
0 OLS = Gold 64
/2 Cell Color = Red 1 OLS = Silver 64
2 OLS = Bronze 64

1 5 58 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 58
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL
Assumptions
edchActivation (FDDCell) = False
enabledForRabMatching (any UlRbSetConf) = True
isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (Node B) = False
isUlIrmOnCellColourAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled (RadioAccessService) = True
isUllRadioLoadColourEnabled (NodeBClonClass) = True
green2YellowUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 40%
yellow2GreenUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 40%
yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 45%
red2YellowUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 45%
isNbapCommonMeasRtwpAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning (BTSEquipment) = True
rtwpReference (BTSCell) = -106.1dBm
isCEMColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isCEMModelValidForUlColour (nodeBConfClass) = True
green2YellowUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%

1 5 59 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 59
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL [cont.]

Assumptions

UlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB
PS_128k_IB
PS_128k_IB_MUX
PS_128K_STR
UlIrmTable
OLS Cell Color Cell Color Cell Color
= Green = Yellow = Red
Gold 384 128 64

Silver 384 128 64


Bronz
384 128 64
e

1 5 60 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 60
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL [cont.]
SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Traffic class = Background

Common Measurement Report


DL Maximum Bit Rate = 2048000
UL Maximum Bit Rate = 384000

RTWP = -103.7dBm
Allocation/Retention Priority Level = 1

Iub

d NodeB
Loa
adio
UL R

CEM load = 65%


R6 UE

Question: Find the iRM Target UL RB Rat.

1 5 61 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 61
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.21 iRM CAC for PS streaming RAB

PS Streaming RB

MIB DlRbSetConf
PS Streaming
RAB request PS_256K_STR
Candidate RB
selection PS_128K_STR
(MBR, GBR) OLS RL Cell PS_64K_STR
color color PS_16K_STR

GBR < RB bit rate < MBR iRM

Yes Target
RB bit rate < GBR?

RB bit rate No
>= GBR

CAC

1 5 62 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Alcate-Lucent implements PS streaming Radio Bearers (RBs) since UA04.1. Support of Streaming RB allows
operators to differentiate streaming traffic from best effort traffic (i.e. Interactive and Background traffic) at the
transport level (e.g. Iub) or at RRM level, therefore providing streaming service of a superior quality compared to
when I/B RB are used.
When speaking about streaming quality, another important parameter is the rate at which the streaming content
has been encoded. For example, it is generally acknowledged that high quality video streaming on mobile device
requires data rate of around 100kbps, and potentially more. As a matter of fact, high quality streaming content
requires to introduce higher streaming RB bit rate such as 128 kbps or even 256 kbps. PS128kbps was introduced in
UA04.2 and PS256kbps was introduced in UA05.
Since high bit rate RBs are radio resources consuming, enhanced RRM is required to optimize radio resources usage.
iRM CAC: same as for PS I/B RAB except that the allocated RB must be of a Bit Rate greater or equal to the
Guaranteed Bit Rate required by the SGSN for the PS Streaming RAB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 62
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource
reservation

1 5 63 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 63
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.1 UL radio load token for high data rate
ulCapacityThresholdForUlTokenCac
(FDDCell)
Call is accepted Call is rejected

New RL
UL Cost Yes No

PS 128 UEK

UL Cost < UL Capacity Threshold

UL Cost
PS 384 UEI
(FDDCell)
Established RLs
RNC
UL Cost

isUlTokenCacAtRncAllowed (RadioAccessService)

PS 128 UEJ
ulCostForUlTokenCac (UlUserService)

PS 128 UEK

1 5 64 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The costs associated to each UlUserService have been evaluated using UL RSSI measurement and depend on the
data rate or spreading factor SF:
Inorder to control the admission for the high data rate (upon SF 8) and not the low data rate and to
guarantee the old network capacity for these services, the cost of the low data rate (SF greater than 8) is set
to zero.
For high data rate bearer (SF 8), the cost depends on the throughput and on the SF.

The uplink radio admission control for high data rate calls has been introduced together with the UL PS384 RAB in
order to enable an uplink call admission control mechanism and thus avoid UL congestion.
Labtests show that in ideal radio conditions three PS I/B 384 generate a noise rise higher than 3 dB
(corresponding to 50% of UL Load). Beyond 75% load, the system is no longer stable and it could lead to
significant neighboring cell interference, cell coverage reduction and mobiles dropping calls.
The solution is to define a cost per UL RAB and a total UL capacity threshold. This cost can be tuned per UL PS RB
bit rate thanks to the ulCostForUlTokenCac parameter.
Ateach allocation, release or reconfiguration of a UL resource, the UL load is incremented, decremented or
adjusted in function of the source and target UL RAB costs.
This
UL capacity pool is compared to a configurable threshold: if below this target, the call is accepted,
otherwise it is refused.
If a high bit rate UL PS RB is limited at RAB establishment because of this feature, it can be upgraded thanks to UL
RB Rate Adaptation feature if possible (see Packet Data Management section).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 64
7.1 ul radio load token for high data rate
7.2 UL RTWP on non EDCH

UL loadnon E-DCH (%) rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation


(BTSCell)

rejected
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch
(BTSCell) accepted accepted
accepted accepted accepted

Cell is Red UL64 UL64 UL64 UL64


UL64 UL64 UL64 UL64

yellow2red UL128 UL128 UL128 UL128

Cell is Yellow UL128 UL128 UL128 UL128

green2yellow
UL384 UL384 UL384 UL384

Cell is Green
UL384 UL384 UL384 UL384

Speech Speech Speech Speech


time

1 5 65 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Node B hardware resources are usually properly dimensioned to process the achievable cell rate. However, there are
some scenarios where the bottleneck is not the Node B available resources but the UL radio interference radio
induced by the traffic.
Inthis latter case, admitting new calls or reconfiguring some of the ongoing calls with higher rates will create
too much Multi Access Interference (MAI) and consequently decrease the Radio Links quality and Cell
Breathing.
It is better in this case to reject such an RL establishment.
The improvement of the CAC is achieved by taking into account the current UL Load. If it has reached a certain
value, no new RL is admitted.
Two thresholds are defined:
Max RTWP for total UL traffic (R99+E-DCH): totalRotMax
Max RTWP for non E-DCH traffic only used for R99 CAC: rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch
The Node B performs a very basic CAC without considering the cost of the link to be
established/reconfigured/released:
It
compares the current UL load for non E-DCH calls to the rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch configurable threshold
parameter.
In case this UL load is lower or equal, it is admitted, otherwise it is rejected.
The non E-DCH UL load CAC threshold is configured in %.
As non E-DCH traffic is lower or equal to the total UL traffic (R99+E-DCH), the non E-DCH maxload should be lower
or equal to the total max load and the following parameter rule should be fulfilled:
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch <= 1 1/10(totalRotMax/10)
rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation is used to activate the UL CAC on non-EDCH traffic at BTS based on the RTWP.
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch is used only if rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation is set to TRUE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 65
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.2 Transport resource reservation Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR)
cacMethod (Aal2If or Ipif)

AAL2 CAC
EBR
Call is accepted Call is rejected

Yes No
New RL
EBR Cost

EBR Cost < Bandwidth Threshold*

PS 384 kbps EBR Cost


(FDDCell)
Established RLs
RNC
EBR Cost

PS 128 kbps

Common channels
* Bandwidth threshold depends on CacMethod value

1 5 66 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each Radio Bearer has a cost called Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR) which represents the amount of bandwidth to reserve
for the bearer, to guarantee acceptable QoS (delays, errors, etc.).
When the RNC performs resource reservation, it simultaneously covers resource allocation and admission control
(check if necessary resources are available).
First step of resource allocation aims at picking up an AAL2 connection and a CID according to the load balancing
and cid selection methods chosen.
A call admission control at ATM level is then performed by the RNC in order to prevent admission of AAL2
connections in excess of the available transport bandwidth.
This CAC applies to all AAL2 based interfaces: Iub, Iur and IuCs.
Each time a new CID needs to be allocated, the AAL2 link CAC checks, according to the CAC method configured
(cacmethod parameter), whether the cost of the call (EBR) to be allocated fits in the remaining available
bandwidth. If it doesnt fit, the CID cannot be allocated.

AAL2 CAC can be performed at different level:


Aal2 interface (cacmethod parameter put to Aal2If) : AAL2 CAC is performed based upon the available bandwidth
of all AAL2 VCCs of a given interface.
QoS (cacmethod parameter put to QoS): AAL2 CAC is performed based upon the available bandwidth of groups
of Vcc sharing the same quality of service . This method only applies to Iub and Iur, as there is only one quality of
service used on IuCS UP Vcc
Vcc (cacmethod parameter put to path): Introduced in UA05.0. In this case, AAL2 CAC is performed based upon
the available bandwidth of a given Vcc, so that the path cannot be overbooked.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 66
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.3 DL reserved power computation

Pmax = pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls

algo1 Pres = Pmax - algo1DeltaTargetPower

algo2 Pres = Pini + algo2DeltaTargetPower

Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_Ec/No

Algorithm Selection
dlAlgoSelector (PowerConfClass)

powerConfId (FDDCell)
PowerConfClass

DlUsPowerConf pcpichPower (FDDCell*)


FDDCell
maxDlTxPowerPerOls
algo1DeltaTargetPower
algo2DeltaTargetPower
FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams
initialDlEcnoTarget or FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams

1 5 67 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

After the RAB Matching and RAB Mapping algorithms have been processed, the RNC estimates the necessary power to initially
support the call.
This power estimation (Pres) corresponds to the power that will be reserved by the RNC if the admission criterion is passed.
Pres is calculated differently depending on which algorithm is used to perform the downlink power allocation:
algorithm 1: Pres = pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls - algo1DeltaTargetPower

algorithm 2: Pres = Pini + algo2DeltaTargetPower

Where:
Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_EC/NO
The choice between these two algorithms is done through the dlAlgoSelector parameter of the PowerConfClass object:
With the dlAlgoSelector, the operator can decide which algorithm will be used in the different power control configuration
classes.
Each FDD cell points to a specific PowerConfClass, identified by powerConfId.

As the names indicate:


the object Class2CellReconfParams contains Class 2 parameters.

the object Class3CellReconfParams contains Class 3 parameters.

On RNC side, depending on the value of the parameter isCellReconfSupported (NodeB), the RNC knows if the NodeB supports
the Cell Reconfiguration procedure or not.
if it does not, the Class 2 parameters are applied.

if the NodeB supports the Cell reconfiguration, the RNC takes the Class 3 parameters. When they are changed online, the
RNC sends the Cell Reconfiguration procedure.
On OMC side:
If isCellReconfSupported is False, then the OMC maintains Class 2 and Class 3 parameters aligned: every change on
Class 3 parameters implies an update of Class 2 parameters and then a Cell lock/unlock.
If isCellReconfSupported is True, the Class 3 parameters are no more linked to Class 2 parameters and may be changed
on-line (without Cell lock/unlock)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 67
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.4 DL power admission criteria
maxTxPower (FDDCell*) callAdmissionRatio (PowerPartConfClass)

Traffic Power Power consumption level


(SHO above which
reserved) new calls are blocked

P traffic Traffic
Power
P traffic admission Pres
(Dedicated
Channels)

Pused

Overhead
Power
(CCC+OCNS
+HSDPA+E-
DCH) Pres + Pused <=Ptraffic_admission

No Yes

FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams Call Pres is


or FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams Rejected allocated

1 5 68 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once the downlink power Pres is assessed for the call, some admission criteria are checked by the RNC.
The admission criterion is the following:
Primary link admission (call establishment): Pres + Pused Ptraffic admission
Soft handover link addition: Pres + Pused Ptraffic
Note: Pused is the sum of the Pres of all calls being actually supported.
If this criterion is fulfilled, the power Pres is reserved by the RNC. Otherwise, the call is rejected.
From UA5 release (E-DCH introduction):
Ptraffic = PMaxCell - PCCC * ActivityFactorCch - POCNS - Pedch - PminHsdpa
Where:
PMaxCell is the maximum total allowed DL power in the cell
PCCC is the total power allocated for all Common Control Channels in the cell
ActivityFactorCch is hard coded to 66%
POCNS is the optional power allocated to OCNS if needed (can be pre-empted for R99 traffic).
OCNS=Orthogonal Code Noise Simulator
Pedch is the power reserved for DL transmission of E-AGCH and E-RGCH/E-HICH channels (can be
pre-empted for R99 traffic)
PminHsdpa is the power reserved for a minimum HSDPA traffic in the cell

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 68
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.5 DL power self tuning

isBtsPowerSelfTuningActivated

(PowerConfClass)

New Allocated
Power Allocated Power
(new Pused at RNC) powerMargin
(PowerConfClass)

Measured Power
(Pused at NodeB) overEstimate
(PowerConfClass)
Allocated Power New Allocated
Measured
(Pused at RNC) Power
Power
(new Pused at RNC)

RNC NodeB RNC NodeB

Case 1
Case 2
Power consumption
underestimated at the RNC Power consumption
overestimated at the RNC

1 5 69 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Tuning of RNC power pool occupancy


The parameter isBtsPowerSelfTuningActivated indicates if the power pool self-tuning must be performed or not.
If self-tuning is allowed, 2 cases must be considered:
Powerconsumption underestimated at the RNC: In this case, it is proposed to update the allocated power
(power consumed as seen by the RNC) based on the measured power (as measured by the Node B) plus a
powerMargin.
Power consumption overestimated at the RNC: The power consumption is confirmed as overestimated if the
difference between the measured and allocated is above an overEstimate threshold. In that case, the new
allocated power (power consumed as seen by the RNC) is made equal to the measured power (as reported by
the Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 69
7.5 DL power self tuning
7.5.1 Example

DL Power used reported by Node B


Power Allocated is
DL Power used as seen by RNC overestimated by more
than OverEstimate
UPDATE with Pmeas
CommonMeasurmentReportingPeriod (NBAP)
Power_Margin

OverEstimate Power Allocated is


overestimated by less
than OverEstimate
Power Allocated is NO CHANGE
underestimated :
ADD Power_Margin

1 5 70 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Power consumption underestimated at the RNC: In this case, it is proposed to update the allocated power (power
consumed as seen by the RNC) based on the measured power (as measured by the Node B) plus a powerMargin.
Power consumption overestimated at the RNC: The power consumption is confirmed as overestimated if the
difference between the measured and allocated is above an overEstimate threshold. In that case, the new allocated
power (power consumed as seen by the RNC) is made equal to the measured power (as reported by the Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 70
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.6 OVSF codes reservation & admission

OVSF Code Channel Source


C 256,0 P-CPICH 3GPP Channelization Code (SIB 5)

C 256,1 P-CCPC
P-CCPCH 3GPP
H Alcatel-
C 256,2 AICH Alcatel-
Lucent Channelization Code (SIB 5)
Alcatel-
C 256,3 PICH Alcatel-
Lucent
Alcatel- Spreading Factor (SIB 5)
C 64,1 S-CCPCH Lucent
Lucent Code Number (SIB 5)

SF4

SF8

SF16

SF32

SF64
OVSF Codes Allocation
Common
SF128 Channels

SF256

1 5 71 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this OVSF tree, some codes are reserved:


codes for common control channels
codes for OCNS
a sub-tree is allocated to the Node B for HSDPA usage.
The rest of the OVSF tree is used by calls handled over R99 resources.

For each allocation, the OVSF tree will be run from up to down (filling the gaps when any), which avoids to block too
many branches.

If a free code is found, the resource is granted to the call and the OVSF code CAC is successful, otherwise the call is
rejected and the CAC on OVSF code is declared failed.
The Dynamic DL Code Tree Management feature was introduced in UA05 in order to avoid R99 code blocking.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 71
8 CELL_FACH admission control

1 5 72 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
8 CELL_FACH admission control
8.1 CELL_FACH admission control
CELL_FACH Admission Events

IDLE

RRC Connection Request


CELL_FACH
Admission Control
maxNumberOfUserPerMacC
CELL_DCH SRB ONLY CELL_FACH Cell Update (CacOnFachParam)

RAB Assignment

Bucket Occupancy
trbEstThreshold
AO Upsize (CacOnFachParam)

CELL_DCH SRB + RB CELL_FACH Cell Update

AO Downsize

1 5 73 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each cell can only accept a limited number of simultaneous UEs in the CELL_FACH state:
Each mobile on CELL_FACH is allocated a token.
Each time a CELL_FACH admission is tried in a given cell, the current number of used tokens is compared to a
specific threshold. If below the threshold, the admission is successful and a token is allocated.
There are 2 thresholds used according to the reason for CELL_FACH admission. In the Alcatel-Lucent
implementation, they are defined as:
MaxNumberofUsersPerMacC (signaling dealing with Cell_FACH state as RRC Connection Request, Cell Update
with at least one SRB allocated-) is used to limit the number of simultaneous user connections being supported
by a given Mac-C instance.
trbEstThreshold
(transition from Cell_DCH state to Cell_FACH due to Always-On feature) defines the maximum
number of users that can have TRB configuration in CELL_FACH.
These parameters are set at the OAM in order to give a higher precedence to a new incoming call (RRC connection
request) than to a mobile already in call and aiming to transition from Cell_DCH to Cell_FACH.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 73
End of module
Call Admission

1 5 74 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 74
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 6
Power Management
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 1
Blank page

162 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe power management static configuration


Describe PRACH Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe UL Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe DL Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe Radio Link Control and the associated parameters

163 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

164 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Power management static settings 7


1.1 Downlink power settings 8
1.2 Cables losses without TMA 9
1.3 Cables losses with TMA 10
1.4 Common channel power settings 11
1.5 Dedicated channel power settings 12
2 PRACH Power Control 13
2.1 PRACH open loop 14
3 UL DPCCH Open Loop Power Control 15
3.1 DPCCH open loop power control 16
3.2 UL gain factors 17
4 Outer loop power control 18
4.1 SIR target management 19
4.2 Partial SIR target update 20
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE 21
4.4 Accelerated SIR target convergence based on QE 23
5 UL inner loop power control 24
5.1 DPCCH inner loop power control 25
5.2 UL inner loop power control 26
5.3 UL power control algorithms 27
5.4 UL inner loop algorithm 1 28
5.5
165
UL inner loop algorithm 2 (no SHO case) 29
5.6
W-CDMAUL innerDescription
R99 Algorithms loop algorithm
Power Management 2 (SHO case)
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
6 DL traffic channel power 31
6.1 Initial DL traffic channel power 32
6.2 DL DPCCH / DPDCH power offsets 33
6.3 DL power offset 2 as a function of the AS size 34
7 DL outer loop power control 35
7.1 DL outer loop power control 36
8 DL inner loop power control 37
8.1 DL inner loop algorithm 38
8.2 Power balancing 39
8.3 Rate reduction algorithm 40
9 Radio link control 41
9.1 UL dedicated channel synchronization 42
9.2 UL radio link failure detected by UTRAN 43
9.3 DL radio link failure detected by UE 44
9.4 DL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UTRAN 45
9.5 UL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UE 46
9.6 RRC connection re-establishment parameters 47
9.7 UL Radio Link Failure RRC Connection Re-established 48
9.8 UL RLC unrecoverable error RRC con. re-established 49
9.9 RRC connection re-establishment - summary 50

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

166 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 6
1 Power management static settings

167 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 7
1 Power management static settings
1.1 Downlink power settings
maxPowerAmplification (PaResource) maxTxPower (FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams /
FDDCell->Class3CellReconfParams )

paRatio (BTSCell)
F3

F2
F1 paRatio (BTSCell)

paRatio (BTSCell)

Cell Setup

MaxTxPower (Cell)= MIN (maxTxPower, MaxDlPowerCapability)

maxPowerAmplification ) x paRatio - Global Losses


MaxDlPowerCapability = Min ( MCPA HW Type,

168 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

At cell setup, the RNC calculates the max Tx Power, which is the maximum power that will be used to configure the cell:
Max Tx Power (FDDCell) = min (Max Tx Power Required, Max DL Power capability)
At the Node B level, the power is owned by Power Amplifiers which can be shared by multiple cells.
In Alcatel-Lucent configurations, cells on the same sector but on different carriers may share or not the same Power Amplifier.
This capability should allow optimization of the use of the PA. The sharing of power between different cells associated with the
same PA is static.
A configuration parameter at the OMC-B (called PA_Ratio) allows sharing of a PA power between 2 cells. From an RNC
perspective, the sharing is transparent.
Possible values of maxPowerAmplification are = {fullMode, max30W , max45W , max60W , max85W}
The Max PA Power, in dBm unit, represents the maximum output power of an MCPA board. If maxPowerAmplification is set
to the fullMode value then Max PA Power value depends on the HW type of the MCPA board. For instance, it is equal to 46.5
dBm for a 45-W MCPA and to 47.8 dBm for a 60-W MCPA?.
As the names indicate:
the class2CellReconfParams object contains Class 2 parameters.
the class3CellReconfParams object contains Class 3 parameters.
On RNC side, depending on the value of the isCellReconfSupported parameter (NodeB), the RNC knows if the Node B
supports the Cell Reconfiguration procedure or not:
If it does not, the Class 2 parameters are applied.
If the Node B supports the Cell reconfiguration, the RNC takes the Class 3 parameters. When they are changed online, the
RNC sends the Cell Reconfiguration procedure.
On OMC side:
If isCellReconfSupported is False, then the OMC maintains Class 2 and Class 3 parameters aligned: every change on
Class 3 parameters implies an update of Class 2 parameters and then a Cell lock/unlock.
If isCellReconfSupported is True, the Class 3 parameters are no more linked to Class 2 parameters and may be changed
on-line (without Cell lock/unlock).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 8
1 Power management static settings
1.2 Cables losses without TMA
tmaAccessType (AntennaAccess) externalAttenuationMainDl (AntennaAccess)
externalAttenuationDivDl (AntennaAccess)

externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses

externalAttenuationXXXDl 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +externalAttenuationXXXDl

169 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Computation of losses is not the same, depending on:


externalAttenuationMainDl and externalAttenuationDivDl parameters of the AntennaAccess
object
TMA configuration
Cable Losses without TMA.
externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0, the transmission power reference point is defined at the antenna
If
connector of the BTS. In this case, the Global Losses refer only to internal cabling losses (typical value = 0.8
dB) and DDM insertion losses (typical value = 0.5 dB).
For OTSR configurations, additional losses must be taken into account:
Tx Splitter insertion losses (typical value = 0.3 dB)
Additional cabling between Tx Splitter and DDM (typical value = 0.3 dB)
If externalAttenuationXXXDl 0, the transmission power reference point is defined at the antenna
connector after the RF feeder (antenna side).
In
this case, the reference point is the point so that losses between the BTS feeder connector (output of the
cabinet) and this point are equal to the datafilled value of externalAttenuationXXXDl.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 9
1 Power management static settings
1.3 Cables losses with TMA
tmaAccessType (AntennaAccess) externalAttenuationMainDl (AntennaAccess)
externalAttenuationDivDl
(AntennaAccess)

externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM TMA

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +Feeder Losses +TMA Insertion Losses + Jumper Losses

externalAttenuationXXXDl 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM TMA

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +externalAttenuationXXXDl +TMA Insertion Losses + Jumper Losses

1 6 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a TMA is specified (tmaAccessType = tmaUmtsOnly or tmaMix), the transmission power reference point
moves to the antenna port of the TMA. Additional losses are taken into account:
TMA insertion losses are equal to 0.3 dB in the transmission path.
jumper losses are set to 2*0.6 dB (0.6 dB for each jumper).
If externalAttenuationXXXDl is set to 0, the feeder losses are equal to 2 dB. Otherwise, the feeder losses are
equal to the datafilled value of externalAttenuationXXXDl.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 10
1 Power management static settings
1.4 Common channel power settings

activityFactorCcch
(FDDCell)

Node B

Traffic
Power Channel parameter Object
(SHO
reserved) PCPICH pcpichPower FDDCell*
P-SCH pschPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
S-SCH sschPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
P-CCPCH bchPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
Traffic
Power S-CCPCH sccpchPowerRelativeToPcpich SCCPCH
AICH aichPowerRelativeToPcpich RACH
PICH pichPowerRelativeToPcpich PCH

Overhead
Power
(Common
FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams
Channels) or
FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams
1 6 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the slide, the Pilot power, that is, the P-CPICH power is defined by the pcpichPower parameter of the FDDCell
object as an absolute value in dBm, referenced at the BTS antenna connector.
All the other common channel powers are given relative to the P-CPICH level.
Because of the check in the BTS (CCM) at call setup, this relationship must be true for maxTxPower and
PcpichPower: PcpichPower > MaxTxPower - 15 dB.
A sensor at the output of the MCPA allows measurement of the effective output power of the amplifier. The range of
sensitivity of this sensor is [25 dBm..46.5 dBm]. So as to be sure to detect power, it is recommended that the Pcpich
Power (at PA Output) be higher than the minimum sensibility of this sensor).
PcpichPower > 25 dBm-total_losses_between_PA_output_and_reference_point
P-CPICH power is recommended to be set at:
35 dBm in case of one channel.
the half (32 dBm) if two carriers are supported by the same PA.

From UA05, when evaluating the power used by common channels, the RNC considers a certain activity factor
ActivityFactorCcch by which is multiplied the amount of power used by common channels as calculated prior to
UA05. It better reflects the actual common channel usage when calculating the Power Load Color of a cell and the
total power available for R99 and HSDPA GBR traffic Ptraffic.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 11
1 Power management static settings
1.5 Dedicated channel power settings

RadioAccessService

f)
Co n
w er
sP o
( Ul U
wer
xP o DedicatedConf
Ul T
w ed
Allo
max
FACH
maxTxPower (FDDCell*)
powerConfId (FDDCell) PowerConfClass
minDlTxPower (DlUsPowerConf)
max UE Tx Power (UE Power Class) maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf)

DlUsPowerConf UlUsPowerConf

Max UL Tx Power = MIN( maxAllowedUlTxPower (UlUsPowerConf), Max UE Tx Power)

1 6 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Part of the Dedicated Channels power management relies on static settings.


This is for example the case in downlink for the maximum power per carrier and the upper and lower bounds of the
traffic channel. It is important to note that these last two parameters are not necessarily the same for all UEs
communicating in the cell, as different values are used depending on the radio bearer.
Static settings are also used to define the maximum allowed transmission power in UL per User Service. It
represents the total maximum output transmission power allowed for the UE and depends on the type of service
required. The information will be transmitted on the FACH, mapped on the S-CCPCH, to the UE in the RADIO
BEARER SETUP message of the RRC protocol.
Consequently, whenever a radio bearer is set up or reconfigured, when a transport or a physical channel is
reconfigured, when an RRC connection is set up or re-established, when the active set is updated or when a
handover is performed from GSM to UTRAN, a new value may be decided by the RNC (Control Node) for the
maxAllowedUlTxPower parameter and this parameter shall be re-transmitted to the UE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 12
2 PRACH Power Control

1 6 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 13
2 PRACH power control
2.1 PRACH open loop
AICH
NACK NACK NACK ACK

SIB 55
SIB
sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach (PowerConfClass)

PRACH
Data part SIB 5
SIB 55
SIB betaC
PRACH betaD
powerOffsetPpmx (RACH)
Control part (RACHSignalled
SIB
SIB 55 GainFactors)
powerOffsetPO(RACH)

Pini

Preamble part Message part

SIB 55 SIB 5
Pini =pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + RTWP + constantValue (RACH) - P-CPICH_RSCP

SIB 7

1 6 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The PRACH consists of:


A preamble part which is sent by the UE and repeated until either an Acquisition Indicator (ack or nack) is
received over AICH or the preamble retransmission counter reaches its max value (parameter provided by the
network). The first preamble is transmitted with a power of Preamble initial power. Each consecutive
preamble is transmitted with a power equal to the previous one plus a power ramping step. Preamble initial
power is calculated by the UE based on parameters sent on SIB 5 and SIB7 and on CPICH RSCP measured by
the UE. power ramping step is a UTRAN parameter sent to the UE over SIB 5.
A message part which is sent after an acknowledged Acquisition indicator. This message part is composed of a
control part and a data part. The power of the control part is equal to the power of the last preamble sent plus
Pp-m which is a UTRAN parameter sent over SIB5. The power of the data part is derived from the power of the
control part through (c,d) parameters per TFC also sent by the UTRAN over SIB5. d/c defines the relative
power between the control part and the data part.
Notes
RTWP: corrective term evaluating the average interference level on UL. In the Alcatel-Lucent implementation,
this is not a parameter. It corresponds to the UL RTWP measured by the Node B. It is broadcast in SIB 7.
constantValue: corrective term to compensate for shadowing effects. It is broadcast in SIB 5.

powerOffsetPpM0 is the power offset between the last transmitted preamble and the control part of the message
for PRACH CTFC0.
powerOffsetPpM1 is the power offset between the last transmitted preamble and the control part of the message
for PRACH CTFC1.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 14
3 UL DPCCH Open Loop Power Control

1 6 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 15
3 UL DPCCH open loop power control
3.1 DPCCH open loop power control

Pini (UL DPCCH) = dpcchPowerOffset (UlInnerLoopConf) P-CPICH_RSCP

UL
DPC
C HT
xa
t Pi
ni

U p S
link -CCPC
RadioAccessService pow H or
er c F
ont ACH
rol
i n fo
IE
DedicatedConf

PowerCtrlConfClass

UlInnerLoopConf

dpcchPowerOffset

1 6 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When establishing the first DPCCH, the initial power used by the UE to start the UL DPCCH transmission is:
DPCCH_Initial_power = dpcchPowerOffset CPICH RSCP
It is provided by the RNC to the UE via RRC signaling (FACH / S-CCPCH), in the Uplink power control info IE or in
the Uplink power control info short IE.
These IEs are included (one or the other) in the RRC messages of the radio bearer setup, reconfiguration and
release, transport channel and physical channel reconfiguration, RRC connection setup and re-establishment and in
the handover to UTRAN command.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 16
3 UL DPCCH open loop power control
3.2 UL gain factors

OVSF1 bd
UL DPDCH I

UE
Scrambling code Modulation

OVSF256,0 bc
UL DPCCH Q

1 6 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The above figure illustrates the principle of the uplink spreading of DPDCH and DPCCH. The first step, the NRZ
modulation, consists in associating a real signal to each bit of these channels. The binary value 0 is mapped to
the real value +1 and the binary value 1 is mapped to the real value -1. Then, each channel is spread by an OVSF
code. As it was mentioned before, channelization codes are only used to spread the information in uplink (not for
channel multiplexing) because synchronization between UEs is too complex to achieve:
The channelization code used for DPCCH is always Cch,256,0 (all ones).
If
only one DPDCH is used, it is spread by code Cch,SF,k , where k is linked to SF by k=SF/4. When more than
one DPDCH is used, they will all have an SF equal to 4.
After channelization, the spread signals are weighted by a gain factor (c for DPCCH and d for DPDCH). These
gain factors are quantized into 4 bits, giving values between 0 and 1. There is at least one of the values c and d
that is equal to 1. These gain factors may vary for each TFC, and are either signaled or computed.
Then, the streams of chips are summed up giving a multilevel signal. After this addition, the real-valued chips on
the I and Q branches are summed up and treated like a complex-valued stream of chips. This stream is scrambled
by a complex-valued scrambling code. For DPDCH and DPCCH, a unique scrambling code of 38,400 chips
(corresponding to one radio frame) is used. That code can be either of long or short type.
Finally, the complex chips are I and Q multiplexed and sent over the air interface. The result of all this is a BPSK
modulation, which gives us 1 bit per symbol.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 17
4 Outer loop power control

1 6 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 18
4 UL outer loop power control
4.1 SIR target management
isUlOuterPCActivated (UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)

UlUserService
RNC CSDTCH12_2Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2Kx2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_
4K
initialSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf) CSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K referenceUlRbSetConfId
PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K (ReferenceUlRbSetList)
(NBAP) PSDTCH384Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
StandaloneSRBDCCH3_4K
...

Partial blerTarget
OLPC (BlerQualityList)
CRCI SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2K
Partial blerTarget CSDTCH64K
OLPC (BlerQualityList) PSDTCH64K
CRCI PSDTCH128K
PSDTCH384K
2PSDTCH64K
...
OLPC UlRbSetConf
Master

New SIR Target SIR Target


Update

1 6 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The initial SIR target is sent by the RNC to the Node B through the initialSirTarget parameter. This parameter is
instantiated per RAB. Consequently, once the RNC has matched an RB onto the RAB requested by the Core
Network, it points to the initial SIR target value corresponding to this RB in the initialSirTarget parameter. This
value is transmitted to the Node B using NBAP signaling at each RADIO LINK SETUP or reconfiguration.
For each UlUserService, the list of radio bearers (UlRbSetConf) used in the multiple reference OLPC is given
through the referenceUlRbSetConfId parameter.
The outer loop power control algorithm takes into account all transport channels. For each transport channel, a
separate outer loop machine is run. Each outer loop machine updates its partial SIR target according to its transport
channel quality target (UlBlerTarget) as soon as it receives at least one transport block CRC. The partial SIR target
is then sent to the outer loop power control master.
The OLPC master determines the new SIR target as:
The maximum partial SIR target if at least one OLPC machine increases its partial SIR target.
The minimum partial SIR target if all OLPC machines reduce their partial SIR target.
Whenever the new SIR target is different from the old one, it is sent to the Node B.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 19
4 UL outer loop power control
4.2 Partial SIR target update
ulUpSirStep (UlRbSetConf / DynamicParameterPerDch)
blerTarget (BlerQualityList)

If CRCI bad If CRCI good


SIR Target SIR Target

ulUpSirStep
ulUpSirStep SIR Target 1
-1
BlerTarget
maxSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf)

transmitTimeInterval (static)
minSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf)

TTI

Update Period = Max [TTI of ReferenceUlRbSetList] x ulUpdatePeriod (UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)

enablePeriodicSirTargetUpdate
(UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)
Triggered Update if SIR Variation updateThreshold (DynamicParameterPerDch)

1 6 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC computes actualized partial SIR targets every TTI. The TTI value in milliseconds is given by the
transmitTimeInterval static parameter relative to the TrCHs used as references for the outer loop power control.
The reference TrCHs depends on the service type.
Each outer loop machine updates its partial UL SIR target according to its transport channel UL quality target
(BlerTarget) as soon as it receives at least one transport block CRC. An update from each OLPC machine to the
OLPC master is sent every update period or if the SIR target variation exceeds an upper limit (updateThreshold).
The update period is defined by ulUpdatePeriod, and is provided in a number of TTIs.
When updating the SIR target at the Node B, the RNC sends on the user plane a specific control frame, called Outer
Loop Power Control, to the Node B. Consequently, for a given DPCCH, the period between two uplink SIR target
updates cannot be shorter than the shortest TTI of the DL associated transport channels.

In UA07.1, a new parameter (enablePeriodicSirTargetUpdate) was introduced to enable or disable the periodic
sending of Sir target when computed Sir Target is equal to the last value. This occurs when there is no traffic or at
the Sir target boundaries.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 20
4 UL outer loop power control
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE

QE QeThresholdForUlOLPC

Bad BER? Same as UA06.0


Y N

Partial_UL_SIR_Target is increased
Power UP! even if the BLER is good!

1 6 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The most important change is that the Bit Error Rate (Quality Estimator - QE) is taken into account.
This algorithm takes place only if the QE is bad.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 21
4 UL outer loop power control
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE [cont.]

1 QE QeThresholdForUlOLPC ulUpSirStep
1
Partial_UL_SIR_Target += [Nerr*UL_UPSTEP] [( N Nerr)*UL_DOWNSTEP -1
BlerTarget

2 QE > QeThresholdForUlOLPC When QeThreshold


is reached
Partial_UL_SIR_Target += [Nerr*UL_UPSTEP] only the bad samples
are considered in
OLPC computation

2 1
UlRbSetConf
1 1
SIR target
DynamicParameterPerDch

QEThresholdForUlOlpc qeThresholdForUlOlpc
ulUpSirStep

Quality Estimate
BlerQualityList

CRC error
blerTarget

1 6 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, an option is provided to also use the QE information to calculate the UL SIR target value.
3GPP defines 2 kinds of Quality Estimates which can be provided by the Node B to the RNC:
QE vs TrCh BER is specified in 3GPP 25.133
QE vs PhCh BER is specified in 3GPP 25.133
Quality Estimate is provided by the Node B in DCH FP UL frames. The type of QE depends on qeSelector IE in NBAP
Radio Link Setup/Reconfiguration messages:
qeSelector = 'Selected' means QE = transport channel BER.
qeSelector = Non-Selected means QE = physical channel BER
In ALU UTRAN, QeSelector is set by the RNC as follows:
non-selected: AMR 2nd DCH subflow and AMR 3rd DCH subflow
selected: all other DCHs
Advantages:
QE is more accurate in average.
Provides a QE threshold above which we prevent the Sir to decrease even if CRC passed.
Potential drawbacks: QE can be very variant instantaneously making difficult to set a unique threshold for a given
service.

N is the number of transport blocks in the TTI.


Nerr is the number of erroneous blocks in the TTI.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 22
4 UL outer loop power control
4.4 Accelerated SIR target convergence based on QE

1 Nerr >0 or QE acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold GoodFrameCount = 0

2 Nerr=0 and QE < acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold GoodFrameCount ++

Max Sir Target


IF GoodFrameCount > acceleratedSirDownCountThreshold

THEN
Initial Sir Target
Partial_Ul_Sir_Target -= acceleratedSirDownStep
SirTarget

Min Sir Target UlRbSetConf

QE AcceleratedSirDownQEThreshold DynamicParameterPerDch

2
acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold
CRC error acceleratedSirDownCountThresh
old
AcceleratedSirDownStep

AcceleratedSirDownCountThreshold
1 1 1
1 6 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The accelerated SIR Target convergence mechanism is based on a consecutive number of good frames and is
used to enable faster convergence when a certain number of consecutive good frames are received.

This mechanism is applicable at call setup/reconfiguration and during the call.

This mechanism aims to complement the existing Validity Condition algorithm also called Initial Convergence
algorithm which applies at call setup only. When one mechanism is active, the other is not.

Advantages:

Fasterconvergence in good radio conditions


Reduced UL power, increased capacity

Potential drawbacks: underestimation of Sir can lead to BLER and SIR spikes and ping-pong in OLPC adjusments

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 23
5 UL inner loop power control

1 6 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 24
5 UL inner loop power control
5.1 DPCCH inner loop power control

New T
UL PL Data1 P TF Data2 PL
DPC CI
C
CH
T xp
ow DL
er DP C
CH
Tx
Po w
er C
om
ma
nds

1 6 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Uplink Power Control is controlled by the Node B which orders Power Control Commands (increase or decrease)
through TPC bits in DL DPCCH channels.
The UE then applies the PC command at the next UL DPCCH transmission.
DPDCH power is then adapted thanks to gain factors as seen previously.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 25
5 UL inner loop power control
5.2 UL inner loop power control

Rake
Pilot

DPCCH SIRestimate

TPC
TPC > or <
0 or 1

SIRTarget

Down Command:
if SIRestimate > SIRtarget then TPC = 0

Up Command:
if SIRestimate < SIRtarget then TPC = 1

1 6 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The uplink inner loop power control algorithm is located in the Node B physical layer. It is a fast procedure (up to
1500 Hz power change rate) used to derive power control commands (to be applied by the UE) from the SIR target
(set by the RNC) and UL measurements.
The Node B estimates the instantaneous SIR on the pilot bits received on the UL DPCCH and compares it to the SIR
target signaled by the RNC. In case the instantaneous SIR is lower (respectively higher) than the target SIR, an up
(respectively down) command is sent to the UE in the downlink DPCCH TPC field of each DPCCH radio time slot:
up command: TPC = 1
down command: TPC = 0
In every slot, there is either an up or a down power control command: this process does not provide good stability
of the transmission power.
TPC commands are computed in each Node B independently from the others, so if the UE is in Soft Handover with
several Node Bs, the TPC commands received from the different Node Bs may be conflicting. In the case of a softer
handover, the unique Node B involved sends the same TPC command on all the radio links of the same radio link
set.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 26
5 UL inner loop power control
5.3 UL power control algorithms

Softer handover
identical TPC commands
for the radio link set

In case of soft HO SIR target


(i.e. TPC1 TPC2) TPC2

UE combines TPCs Node B 2 RNC


according to the selected TPC2
2 RLs
algorithm

powerCtrlAlgo (UlInnerLoopConf)
TPC1

SIR target
algo1 algo2
Node B 1
Soft handover
1 RL
possibly different TPC commands
One TPC_cmd

1 6 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of soft handover (where TPC commands come from different Node Bs), the UE has to combine different
TPCs in order to derive one single internal TPC_cmd (internal power control command applied to adjust the UL
transmission power).
There are 2 standardized algorithms (named: algorithm 1 and algorithm 2 in the 3GPP Specifications) for the UE to
process TPC commands.
The choice between these two algorithms is under the control of the RNC 1000, and is managed through the
powerCtrlAlgo parameter (manufacturer parameter).
It is UE specific in the sense that a specific message is sent to each UE in order to indicate which algorithm to use,
but Alcatel-Lucent sets the same value for all cells managed by an RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 27
5 UL inner loop power control
5.4 UL inner loop algorithm 1

Algo 1: PC rate = 1500 Hz (T=666


s)
no soft HO:UE derives a TPC_cmd
from the TPC command received for
each slot powerCtrlAlgo = algo1
Algorithm allows the UE to derive
soft HO:UE has to combine TPCs a single TPC_cmd per slot
from different radio link sets and Soft HandOver
deduces a single TPC_cmd
DL DPCCH TCP1 field 1 1 1 0
TPC_cmd = -1, +1
DL DPCCH TCP2 field 1 1 1 0

DL DPCCH TCP field 1 1 0 0 DL DPCCH TCP3 field 1 1 0 0

Algo1 output +1 +1 -1 -1 Algo1 output +1 +1 -1 -1

x ulTpcStepSize x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx output power UE Tx output power

ulTpcStepSize (UlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This algorithm is well adapted for average speed UEs in urban or suburban environments. The principle of algorithm
1 is that the UE adjusts its DPCCH transmission power every slot (frequency = 1500 Hz), according to TPC_cmd
(internal power control command applied to adjust the UE transmission power) derived from the TPC commands
received from all Node Bs involved in the communication.
We can distinguish three cases of TPC_cmd generation:
Nomacrodiversity: the UE receives a single TPC command in each slot (on the single radio link established for
the communication), from which it derives a TPC_cmd as follows:
if TPC command = 0, then TPC_cmd = -1
if TPC command = 1, then TPC_cmd = 1
Softer
handover: in this case, the UE is aware (from TPC combination index parameter transmitted through
RRC protocol) that it will receive identical TPC commands in the downlink. The UE is then able to combine these
commands into a single TPC command, for example (UE implementation is proprietary) using maximum ratio
combining with all TPC commands received in order to optimize the TPC command decoding.
Softhandover: in this case, the TPC commands may be different. This case may even involve a softer handover
(from which a single TPC is derived, using for example MRC). The UE has first to use soft decision in order to
decode the different TPC commands transmitted. Then it has to combine them in order to deduce a single
TPC_cmd value. This TPC_cmd is equal to 1 only if all TPC received from other Node Bs are equal to 1,
otherwise, TPC_cmd is equal to -1.
Then, after deriving a unique TPC_cmd, the UE implements a power change based on the ulTpcStepSize
parameter of the UlInnerLoopConf object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 28
5 UL inner loop power control
5.5 UL inner loop algorithm 2 (no SHO case)

Algo 2: PC rate = 300 Hz (T=3,333 ms)


no soft HO:UE derives a TPC_cmd
from the TPC command received on a Algorithm allows the UE
5 slot-cycle basis powerCtrlAlgo = algo2
to derive a singleTPC_cmd
soft HO:UE has to combine TPCs every 5 slots
from different radio link sets
No Macrodiversity
TPC_cmd = -1, 0, +1
5 radio slots

DL DPCCH TCP field 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

Algo2 output +1 -1 0

x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx output power

ulTpcStepSize (UlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This algorithm is adapted to high- or low-speed environments (typically: dense urban or rural). With this algorithm,
the UE concatenates N TPC commands received on consecutive radio slots to derive a TPC_cmd to be applied after
the Nth slot. N can be different according to the handover situation, but it does always divide 15 (the combining
window of the TPC commands does not extend outside the frame boundary). Allowing a decision every N = 5 radio
slots instead of every slot, algorithm 2 is a way of emulating step sizes smaller than 1 dB (typically: 0.2 dB or 0.4
dB, corresponding to the step sizes of 1 and 2 dB respectively, but applied every 5 TSs).
Note: In the TPC combination algorithm 2, the TPC_cmd is either 1, 1 or 0.
Algorithm 2 works in the following way:
Nomacrodiversity: the UE concatenates commands received from 5 consecutive TSs to derive a TPC_cmd
value:
For the first 4 slots of a set, TPC_cmd = 0
For the fifth slot of a set, the UE uses hard decisions on each of the 5 received TPC commands as
follows:
if all 5 hard decisions within a set are 1, then TPC_cmd = 1
if all 5 hard decisions within a set are 0, then TPC_cmd = -1
otherwise, TPC_cmd = 0
Softer
handover: similarly to what happens for algorithm 1, for each slot, the UE soft-combines the TPC
commands known to be the same (received from the same Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 29
5 UL inner loop power control
5.6 UL inner loop algorithm 2 (SHO case)

DL DPCCH TCP1 field 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

+1 0 +1

DL DPCCH TCP2 field 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

0 -1 0

DL DPCCH TCPN FIELD 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

+1 -1 -1

Sum of TPC
N
> 0.5 < - 0.5 Otherwise

Algo2 output +1 -1 0

x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx ouput power

1 6 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Soft handover: the derivation of the TPC_cmd from the TPC commands of the different radio links is done in the
following way:
First,
the UE determines 1 temporary TPC command called TPC_tempi for each of the N sets of 5 TPC
commands. It is done as follows:
If all 5 hard decisions within a set = 1, TPC_tempi = 1.
If all 5 hard decisions within a set = 0, TPC_tempi = -1.
Otherwise, TPC_tempi = 0
Then the UE derives the combined TPC_cmd for the 5th slot as a function of all the N TPC_tempi:
TPC_cmd = 1 if (Sum of TPC_tempi)/N > 0.5
TPC_cmd = -1 if (Sum of TPC_tempi)/N < -0.5
Otherwise TPC_cmd = 0
Finally, after deriving a unique TPC_cmd, the UE implements a power change:
Uplink Power Change = TPC_cmd x ulTpcStepSize.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 30
6 DL traffic channel power

1 6 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 31
6 DL traffic channels power
6.1 Initial DL traffic channel power

First Radio Link

maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf)

Pinitial= pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + initialDlEcNoTarget (DlUsPowerConf) -P C


- PICH_Ec/No

minDlTxPower (DlUsPowerConf)

SHO Leg Addition


isShoLegInitialPowerAlgoEnabled (RadioAccessService)

Pinitial= pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + initialDlEcNoTarget (DlUsPowerConf) - P-CPICH_Ec /No Equivalent

cell = N
S
P-CPICH_Ec /No Equivalent = P-CPICH_Ec /No(cell)

cell =1

1 6 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a traffic (dedicated) channel is set up, it is done at a certain downlink power called Pini defined by the
following equation:
Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_Ec/No
Where pcpichPower is the downlink P-CPICH power, initialDlEcnoTarget depends on the service allocated to the UE
(access stratum configuration) and CPICH_EC/N0 is the EC/N0 of the Pilot received by the UE.
The Pini is used in the Call Admission Control downlink power reservation algorithm.
The downlink transmission power is limited by an upper and lower limit for each radio link. This limitation is set
through the maxDlTxPowerPerOls and minDlTxPower parameters (DlUsPowerConf object). Both parameters
actually provide a value for each access stratum configuration, so they correspond to a set of values rather than to a
single value. The value (in dB) of these parameters is provided with respect to P-CPICH power defined by the
pcpichPower parameter.

For SHO Leg Addition, the initial power is calculated once for all the new links to be added. Pini depends not only on
the CPICH Ec/No of the selected cell to be added, but also on all the CPICH Ec/No of the cells of the old active set.
An equivalent CPICH Ec/N0 is calculated:

N CPICH Ec / N 0( celli )

CPICH _ Ec / N 0 (dB ) 10 log 10 10
equiv
i 1

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 32
6 DL traffic channels power
6.2 DL DPCCH / DPDCH power offsets

po3ForPilotBits (DlUserService)

po2ForTpcBits (DlUserService)

po1ForTfciBits (DlUserService)

PO2 DL DPDCH Radio Frame


PO3 PO1
Pinitial

Pilot Data1 TPC TFCI

1 6 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC can also configure static downlink physical channel parameters in the Node B. In the downlink, it is
possible to give power offsets to the pilot, TPC and TFCI fields of the DPCCH relative to the DPDCH.
They are given at radio link setup in the Power Offset information IE:
PO1: TFCI bits
PO2: TPC bits
PO3: pilot bits
In the Alcatel-Lucent implementation, the power offsets used to determine the transmission power of the TFCI, TPC,
and PILOT bits are defined by the po1ForTfciBits, po2ForTpcBits and po3ForPilotBits parameters respectively.
These parameters of the DlUserService object are transmitted in the Power_Offset_Information IE of the RADIO
LINK SETUP, ADDITION or RECONFIGURATION (NBAP signaling). They are identical for all TFCs in the TFCS.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 33
6 DL traffic channels power
6.3 DL power offset 2 as a function of the AS size

isDynamicPO2Enabled
(DlUserService)

Nb of RL Power Offset 2

1 po2ForOneRlSet

2 po2ForTwoRlSet

3 or more po2ForThreeRlSetOrMore

1 6 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL Power Control Management provides an option to dynamically configure different PO2 values depending on
the number of radio link sets (RLS) involved in the call.
The PO2 value is variable depending on the number of RLs involved in the call.
The initial PO2 is provided to the Node B in NBAP messages.
Then,
at each new RL Setup/Addition/Deletion, the RNC shall support the transmission of the RADIO INTERACE
PARAMETER UPDATE message over the Iub and Iur user plane interfaces, as per TS 25.427, for the signaling of
TPC PO updates.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 34
7 DL outer loop power control

1 6 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 35
7 DL outer loop power control
7.1 DL outer loop power control

RNC DlUserService
CSDTCH12_2Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2Kx2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
Initial Quality target CSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
RB Setup
PSDTCH384Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
TPC StandaloneSRBDCCH3_4K
Quality ...
Measurements
TX
SRB
TRB

inner loop isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed


power control blerTarget SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2K
CSDTCH64K
DL Outer Loop Control IE isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed
PSDTCH64K
(DlRbSetConf)
Outer Loop PSDTCH128K
BLERtarget increase not allowed
Power Control or PSDTCH384K
blerTarget
BLERtarget increase allowed 2PSDTCH64K
(DlBlerQualityList)
...
DlRbSetConf

1 6 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL outer loop power control algorithm is mobile-manufacturer specific, and DL power control outer loop is not
necessarily based on SIR (as UL outer loop is). The only information signaled to the UE by the RNC is a quality
target for each radio bearer, expressed as a BLER. This quality target is sent to the UE through RRC signaling (DL
Outer Loop Control procedure) for each transport channel of the connection. This quality target information is
mandatory for handover to UTRAN, radio bearer setup and transport channel reconfiguration messages. It is
optional for radio bearer reconfiguration and release, RRC connection setup, and re-establishment messages.
The DL outer loop power control algorithm is located in the UE, but the RNC may further use the downlink Outer
Loop control procedure to control the DL outer loop algorithm in the UE. To prevent the UE from increasing its DL
BLER target value above its current value (the initial one, transmitted by the RNC via RRC signaling), the RNC sets
the Downlink Outer Loop Control IE to increase not allowed. This allows reducing the impact of the UE
proprietary outer loop algorithm on the system.
isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed indicates that the first Transport Channel of the RbSetConf is allowed
to be used as an Outer Loop Power Control Reference Transport Channel.
BlerTarget is used if isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed is TRUE. BlerTarget is the BLER DL quality
target which must be met during Outer Loop Power Control. It is the Log10 of the BLER.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 36
8 DL inner loop power control

1 6 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 37
8 DL inner loop power control
8.1 DL inner loop algorithm

DL TX_PWR optimization
is UE constructor dependent
(not necessarily PL TFCI TPC
based on SIR
measurements)

BLER TPC = 0 / 1 UL D Node B


target PCCH

TPC
TPC =1=> TPC_
cmd = +1
TPC_cmd TPC =0 => TPC_
cmd = -1
BLER est
New
BT
appl S outpu DL power
ied t
o DP t power
UE Algo change
DCH

PTPC +PBalancing
DL Power Change =
SHO

SPBAL
TPC_cmd x dlTpcStepSize(DlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL inner loop power control algorithm is a fast procedure (1500 Hz) used to optimize DL transmission power by
sending power control commands to the Node B in the TPC field of UL DPCCH time slots.
At each TPC (Transmit Power Command = 0 or 1) field decoded (on UL DPCCH), the BTS estimates the TPC_cmd
(TPC command = -1 or 1) based on TPC and Limited_Power_Increase values, and implements a DL power change
as shown in the above slide.
As the Limited_Power_Increase functionality is not implemented, TPC_cmd values are directly deduced from TPC
values as following:
TPC = 0 => TPC_cmd = -1
TPC = 1 => TPC_cmd = 1
So TPC_cmd never has the value 0 (either decrease or increase command for the transmission power), as with
combination algorithm 2 for UL power control.
The downlink power adjustment (increment or decrement according to the power control command) step size is
tuned through the dlTpcStepSize parameter. This parameter is transmitted by the RNC to the Node Bs using the
TPC_DL_Step_Size IE contained in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message (NBAP). It cannot be reconfigured
during the connection. 3GPP TS allowed values are: 0.5 dB, 1 dB (mandatory), 1.5 dB and 2 dB. Alcatel-Lucent
implementation proposes only the two mandatory values: 0.5 dB and 1 dB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 38
8 DL inner loop power control
8.2 Power balancing

Power per Leg dlReferencePower


(DlUserService)
P1 P2 P1
PREF

P2
time
RL Addition

isPowerBalancingAllowed (RadioAccessService)
powerBalancingRequired (DlUserService)

adjustmentPeriod (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters)
Radio Frame

PBAL = (1- R) x (PREF + PP-CPICH PINIT) PBalancing

adjustmentRatio (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters) maxAdjustmentStep (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters)

1 6 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The objective of the downlink power balancing function is to equalize powers on the different radio links, eliminating
power drifting effects.
This function is triggered by the SRNC, which provides balancing parameters to the Node Bs and executed by the
Node Bs.
The power balancing function brings a corrective factor Pbal which is added to the power as calculated by the DL
inner loop power control.
This Pbal is such that:
SPbal = (1 R).(Pref + Ppcpich Pini)
where:
SPbal is the sum of these corrective factors over an adjustment period corresponding to a number
of frames
Pbal = 0 or -0.5 or 0.5 dB (in first implementation)
R is the adjustment ratio
Pref is the value of the DL Reference Power
Ppcpich is the power used on the primary CPICH
Pinit is the power of the last slot of the previous adjustment period
Instead of specifying which maximum correction should be applied to one slot, a period is specified, as a number of
time slots, where the accumulated power adjustment should not be greater than 1 dB.
The above slide shows an example with SPbal = - 4 dB, adjustment period = 2 Radio Frames, max adjustment step
= 5 Time Slots.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 39
8 DL inner loop power control
8.3 Rate reduction algorithm

1500 TPC commands / s

1 0 1 0 0 1 PL TFCI TPC

DPC_Mode = 0 (single Tpc)

U L DP
CCH
500 TPC commands / s

1 1 1 0 0 0

DPC_Mode = 1 (tpcTripletInSoft)

dpcMode (DlInnerLoopConf)

RRC signaling (from RNC)

1 6 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC may activate a rate reduction algorithm. If rate reduction algorithm is applied, then the UE issues one new
command every 3 slots and repeats it over 3 slots, so the DL inner loop TPC commands frequency is divided by 3
(1500 Hz down to 500 Hz).
This algorithm is controlled by the dpcMode parameter (DlInnerLoopConf object), which is signaled to the UE in
the Downlink DPCH Power Control Information IE using RRC signaling:
IfdpcMode = singleTpc (0 on ASN1 interface), then the UE sends a specific TPC command in each DPCCH time
slot (starts in the first available slot).
If
dpcMode = tpcTripletInSoft (1 on ASN1 interface), then the UE repeats the same TPC command over 3
successive DPCCH time slots.

On reception of the TPC field in the UL DPCCH, the Node B processes the command depending on the DPC_MODE
and calculates PTPC(k):
DPC_MODE = 0 => at each slot:
PTPC(k) = TPCDLStepSize if TPC = up
PTPC(k) = -TPCDLStepSize if TPC = down
DPC_MODE = 1 => each 3 slots:
PTPC(k) = TPCDLStepSize if 3 last TPCs are up
PTPC(k) = -TPCDLStepSize if 3 last TPCs are down

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 40
9 Radio link control

1 6 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 41
9 Radio link control
9.1 UL dedicated channel synchronization
rlRestoreTimer INIT
ShoRlRestoreTimerAfterRlFailure FDDCell*
FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams-
(RadioAccessService) nInSyncInd (FDDCell*) >SynchronisationConfiguration
or
FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams-
>SynchronisationConfiguration

Sync OK nInSyncInd (FDDCell*) Sync KO

nInSyncInd (FDDCell*)

nOutSyncInd (FDDCell*)
tRlFailure (FDDCell*)

RL Failure RL Restore
SIRAV > -3dB => InSyncInd

SIRAV < -3dB => OutSyncInd

nOutSyncInd (FDDCell*) tRlFailure (FDDCell*) nInSyncInd (FDDCell*)

N313 T313 N315

1 6 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The uplink radio link sets are monitored by the Node B, to trigger radio link failure/restore procedures. Once the radio link sets
have been established, they will be in the in-sync or out-of-sync states.
When the radio link set is in the in-sync state, after receiving nOutSynchInd consecutive out-of-sync indications, the Node B
shall:
start timer tRlFailure;
upon receiving nInSynchInd successive "in sync" indications from Layer1:
Stop and reset timer tRlFailure;
if tRlFailure expires:
The Node B shall trigger the RL Failure procedure and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync. When the RL
Failure procedure is triggered, the state of the radio link set will change to the out-of-sync state.
The RNC receiving a Radio Link Failure Indication message from the Node B will trigger the call release (call drop
radio in this case) if no radio link remains in "in sync" state.
When the radio link set is in the out-of-sync state, after receiving nInSynchInd successive in-sync indications Node B shall trigger
the RL Restore procedure and indicate which radio link set has re-established synchronization. When the RL Restore procedure is
triggered, the state of the radio link set will change to the in-sync state.
Similar Radio Link Control is implemented in DL in the UE thanks to UeTimerCstConnectedMode object parameters:
n315 UE constant is analog to nInSynchInd
n313 UE constant is analog to nOutSynchInd

t313 UE timer is analog to tRlFailure

Activation Rules:
(nOutSyncInd * 10) + tRLFailure < (n313 * 10) + t313 + PA off
t315 > rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 42
9 Radio link control
9.2 UL radio link failure detected by UTRAN

UE Node B RNC CN

bad SIR

nOutSyncInd
UL synchronization
failure on last RL
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
tRlFailure isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

expiry Radio Link


false
Failure Iu Release Request
Indication Radio cnx with UE lost

Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion Req
Radio Link
Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A call drop is triggered as soon as the loss of the last RL is detected by the RNC.
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed (resp. isCSRrcReestablishAllowed) is the parameter used to activate or de-
activate the RRC Connection Re-establishment feature for CS (resp. PS).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 43
9 Radio link control
9.3 DL radio link failure detected by UE

UE Node B RNC CN

bad SIR
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
t313 isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
N313 n313
DL synchronization (UeTimerCstConnectedMode) (RadioAccessService)
failure on last RL
T313
false

expiry
Cell Update
(radio link Iu Release Request
T314 Radio cnx with UE lost
failure)
Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion Req
t314 Radio Link
(UeTimerCstConnectedMode) Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A call drop is triggered as soon as the loss of the last RL is detected by the RNC.
Note: t314 must be set equal to a non-zero value so that the UE performs a Cell Update procedure.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 44
9 Radio link control
9.4 DL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UTRAN

UE Node B RNC CN

timerPoll isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
X same RLC block isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
X not decoded (RadioAccessService)
maxDat
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached
false
resetTimer
X RLC Reset
not decoded maxNbrOfResetRetrans
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
Iu Release Request
DL RLC Error SRB/TRB timerPollPeriod
maxDat
Iu Release Command resetTimer
Radio Link maxNbrOfResetRetrans
Deletion Req (DlRlcAckMode)
Radio Link (UlRlcAckMode)
Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 45
9 Radio link control
9.5 UL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UE

UE Node B RNC CN

same RLC block X


not decoded isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
X isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
(RadioAccessService)
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached

false
RLC Reset X
not decoded
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
Cell Update
(rlc unrecoverable Iu Release Request
error) UL RLC Error SRB/TRB

Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion
Iu Release Complete

1 6 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 46
9 Radio link control
9.6 RRC connection re-establishment parameters
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed = True
isCSRrcReestablishAllowed = True
RNC

P ICH pda
te
P-C Cell
U
Last RL lost detection
rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer
Cell Update rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer
(failure Cause, CPICH_Ec/No) (RadioAccessService)

CPICH_Ec/No >=
rrcReestablishPSThreshold
CPICH Ec/No

Yes No

rrcReestablishPSThreshold
rrcReestablishCSThreshold
(RadioAccessService)

RRC connection Call is


Re-establishment dropped

1 6 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

rrcReestablishPSThreshold (resp. rrcReestablishCSThreshold) is the CPICH_EcNo threshold above which an


RRC Connection Re-establishment for a CS (resp. PS) call can take place at the reception of the Cell Update
message coming from the UE.
rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer (resp. rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer) is the timer started by the RNC when it
detects a UL Radio link Failure or a DL RLC Unrecoverable error on a CS (resp. PS) call.
Afterwards, either the RNC stops this timer if it receives a Cell Update message from the UE or it triggers a call drop
if this timer expires (no cell update received from the UE).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 47
9 Radio Link Control
9.7 UL Radio Link Failure RRC Connection Re-established

UE Node B RNC CN

UL synchronization
failure on last RL
tRlFailure

expiry Radio Link Failure isPsRrcReestablishAllowed


isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
Indication
(RadioAccessService)
Radio Link Deletion

rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer
rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer true
(RadioAccessService)
Cell Update (radio link failure)
stopped
Radio Link Setup

Cell Update Confirm

RB Reconfiguration
Complete
1 6 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A similar scenario can occur in case the UE detects a DL Radio Link Failure: the RNC receives a Cell Update from the
UE without expecting it.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 48
9 Radio link control
9.8 UL RLC unrecoverable error RRC con. re-established
UE Node B RNC CN

same RLC block


not decoded
on PS TRB X
X
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
RLC Reset X (RadioAccessService)
not decoded
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
true
Cell Update
(rlc unrecoverable
error on PS TRB)
Radio Link Deletion
Radio Link Setup

Cell Update Confirm


RB Reconfiguration Complete
1 6 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This scenario applies only for (CS+PS) calls case because there is no TRB established in RLC ACK mode for CS calls
but TM mode is used. For CS call case, the RLC unrecoverable error can occur on SRB only, leading to a call drop.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 49
9 Radio link control
9.9 RRC connection re-establishment - summary

In case of Radio Link Failure


Call Type RNC RLF UE RLF

PS Only (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish

CS Only Re-establish Re-establish

PS + CS (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish

PS Only (FACH) Re-establish Re-establish

In case of RLC Unrecoverable Error


Call Type RNC RLC UE RLC

DCCH (SRB ) DTCH(TRB ) DCCH (SRB ) DTCH(TRB )

PS Only (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish Drop Call Re-establish

CS Only Drop Call N/A Drop Call N/A

PS + CS (DCH) Drop Call Drop PS Drop Call Re-establish

PS Only (FACH ) Drop Call Drop Call Drop Call Not Supported

1 6 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 50
End of module
Power Management

1 6 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 51
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 7
Call Management
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 1
Blank page

172 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe Call Management principles


Describe Always On and the associated parameters
Describe RB Rate Adaptation and the associated parameters
Describe iRM Scheduling and the associated parameters
Describe iRM Preemption and the associated parameters
Describe Preemption Process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
Describe AMR Rate Change during the call
Describe PS Core Network requested RAB modification

173 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

174 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Call management overview 7


1.1 Call management mechanisms 8
2 Always on 9
2.1 Always on downsize principles 10
2.2 Always on upsize principles 11
2.3 Always on downsize parameters 12
2.4 AO upsize UL parameters (FACH to DCH) 13
2.5 AO upsize DL parameters (FACH to DCH) 14
2.6 AO upsize Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition 15
2.7 One shot Ec/No report 16
2.8 RRC states transitions 17
2.8.1 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is used 18
2.8.2 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is not used 19
2.8.3 CELL_PCH transitions 20
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH 21
2.8.5 URA update in URA_PCH state 26
2.8.6 Cell update in CELL_PCH state 27
2.8.7 Cell update in CELL_FACH state 28
2.8.8 Cell reselection during Cell_Fach to Cell_DCH 29
2.9 PCH states configuration 30
2.10 AO step 2 and AO step 3 timers 31
2.11
175
Definition of isAlwaysOnAllowed (xxRbSetConf) 32
2.12 Exercise:
W-CDMA R99 find Callthe
Algorithms Description parameter values
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Management 33
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
2.13 Mono-service PS/multi-RAB PS I/B R99 (R99 PS Mux) 34
2.14 Multi-service CS+PS 35
2.15 Recovery actions CELL_FACH admission failure 36
2.16 UTRAN Registration Area (URA) 37
2.17 User services parameters 38
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions 39
3 RB rate adaptation 41
3.1 RB rate adaptation principles 42
3.2 Traffic monitoring: UL & DL throughput 43
3.3 DL downsizing 44
3.4 UL downsizing 45
3.5 DL multi-stage upsizing 46
3.6 UL step by step upsizing 47
3.7 UL upsizing based on UE Buffer Occupancy 48
3.7.1 Event4A processing without UE Tx power info 49
3.7.2 Event4A processing with UE Tx power info 50
3.8 DL upsizing based on RNC Buffer Occupancy 51
3.8.1 Internal RNC event processing 52
3.9 Ping-pong timers 53
3.10 Measurement configuration 54
3.11 RAN model 55
3.12 Exercise 56
4 iRM scheduling 57
4.1 iRM scheduling principles 58
4.2 Event A for iRM scheduling downgrade 59
4.3 Events B1 and B2 for iRM scheduling upgrade 60
4.4 iRM scheduling upgrade 61
4.5 PS streaming RAB: iRM scheduling 62
4.6 iRM scheduling parameters for downgrade 63
4.7 iRM scheduling parameters for upgrade 64
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice 65
4.8.1 Triggering VT downgrade 66

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

4.8.2 Triggering speech upgrade 67


4.8.3 RAN parameters 68
4.8.4 RAN parameters neighboring RNC 69
4.8.5 Activation parameters 70
5 iRM preemption 71
5.1 iRM preemption algorithm 72
5.2 Cell color/active set color calculation 73
5.3 iRM preemption: UE to preempt? 74
5.4 iRM preemption behavior 75
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA 76
6.1 Concepts 77
6.2 Eligible procedures 78
6.3 Eligible CAC failure cases 79
6.4 Internal or external CAC failures 80
6.5 Eligible transport channel 81
6.6 Eligible services 82
6.7 Selection of service to be pre-empted 83
6.8 mono-step / multi-step pre-emption 84
6.9 Selection of service to be downgraded 85
6.10 Estimation of resource de-allocation 86
6.11 Queuing of RAB assignment request 87
6.12
176
Exercise 1: RAB assignt queuing and pre-emption 88
6.13 Exercise
W-CDMA R99 2: estimation
Algorithms Description of resource de-allocation
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Call Management 89
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
7 AMR rate change during the call 90
7.1 General principles 91
7.2 Iub DS load criteria 93
7.3 UL cell load criteria 94
7.4 DL power load criteria 95
7.5 DL Tx CP criteria 96
7.6 Parameters settings 97
8 PS CN requested RAB modification 101
8.1 PS CN requested RAB modification 102
8.2 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario with SRLR 103
8.3 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario without SRLR 105

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 6
1 Call management overview

177 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 7
1 Call management overview
1.1 Call management mechanisms

9
S R9 Dedicated Channel
U MT

Dedicated Channel

Dedicated Channel

RB Rate iRM iRM AMR Rate


Service Class Domain
Domain Always
AlwaysOn
On Preemption
Adaptation Scheduling Preemption Change

Conversational CS
Streaming CS
Streaming PS
Interactive
Interactive PS
Background PS
178 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Call Management is a set of reactive mechanisms performed during the call in order to improve the system capacity,
by adapting the resources used by the users to different situation (traffic activity, real traffic, RF conditions, etc.):

AlwaysOn: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user traffic activity in DL & UL
(two-step mechanism depending on whether there is low traffic or no traffic at all).
RBRate Adaptation: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user real time traffic
and buffer occupancy in DL & UL.
iRM Scheduling: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user radio conditions in
DL.
iRM Preemption: Downsize of user resources are performed depending on cell load and user priority in DL.
Preemption: Downsize of user resources are performed depending on CAC failure and call priority in DL & UL. If
downsize is not enough to free resources, some calls can be release (low priority users).
AMR Rate Change: Downsize and upsize of user resources (codec) are performed depending on radio
conditions (UL interference & DL power) and Node B resources (Baseband, Iub) in DL & UL.

Most of these Call Management features operate only on UMTS PS I/B RABs since no Guaranteed Bit Rate is defined
for such traffic classes. However, iRM Scheduling is also available for PS Streaming services so as to avoid call drops
when UE moves in poor radio quality areas. Preemption process applies to any types of call wherease AMR rate
change applies to Multi-Mode AMR calls only.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 8
2 Always on

179 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 9
2 Always on
2.1 Always on downsize principles
isAlwaysOnAllowed (AlwaysOnConf)
User Traffic T1 T2 isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlUserService)
Volume isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlUserService)

T1 AO step1 AO step2 AO step3

Throughput Threshold
AO Step 1
T1

traffic traffic and signaling


O kbps inactivity inactivity Throughput Threshold
AO Step 2
T1 T1 T2 T3

AO timers

CELL_PCH
CELL_DCH CELL_FACH or PMM-idle
URA_PCH

NOMINAL DCH RB AO FACH RB No Radio Bearer No Radio Bearer

RRC Context No RRC Connection

1 7 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Dedicated radio resources are not optimal to support packet services with sporadic traffic. In order to find the best
trade-off between efficient resource usage and subscriber comfort, the Always-On concept developed is composed
of three steps.
After a first period of low activity (T1), the bearer is reconfigured to a predefined downsized bearer configuration,
which consumes less radio resources.
If traffic activity is detected, the bearer is upgraded back to its initial configuration (or to a degraded one if network
congestion is meanwhile detected).
If no traffic activity is detected during a second period of time (T2), then the radio bearer is released but the RRC
connection remains as well as the Iu Connection in order to speed up the needed radio bearer setup in case or user
traffic resumption.
If neither traffic nor signaling activity is observed during a third period of time (T3) then the RRC and Iu connection
are released but the following context info remains between UE and Network:
the PDP context at the SGSN
the PPP (or IP) link between UE and ISP
the SGSN-GGSN tunnel
When downsize criteria is met, the Always-On downsized RB (FACH) is determined at the OAM, thanks to the
following parameters:
DL downsized RB: alwaysOnDlRbSetFachId (AlwaysOnConf object)
UL downsized RB: alwaysOnUlRbSetFachId (AlwaysOnConf object)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 10
2 Always on
2.2 Always on upsize principles

User Traffic
Volume

AO step2 AO step1

Throughput Threshold
AO Step 1
traffic
resuming
O kbps Throughput Threshold
AO Step 2
TTT

AO timers

CELL_PCH
or CELL_FACH CELL_DCH
URA_PCH

No Radio Bearer AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

RRC Context

1 7 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In Cell_PCH or URA_PCH states, although the connection is no more active, the mobile keeps its PDP context active.
Therefore, a traffic resume is done either:
By the mobile, which re-establishes a connection to the network.
Orby the network by paging the mobile, which would have the effect of creating a new connection. The
dataflow is the same as the mobile initiated resume except for the paging phase.
In Cell_FACH state, the RNC assess the user data throughput and decides to perform an AO upsize to DCH radio
bearer if the high user throughput is detected.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 11
2 Always on
2.3 Always on downsize parameters
Ul & DL Traffic Volume

step1AverageWindow(AoOnFachParam) step2AverageWindow(AoOnFachParam)

step1DlUlThroughputThreshold
(AoOnFachParam)

step2ThroughputThreshold(AoOnFachParam)

T1 T2

timerT1 (AlwaysOnTimer) T2 timer depends on


RRC states usage

NOMINAL DCH RB AO FACH RB No Radio Bearer

1 7 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The AO downsize step1 condition is based on DL and UL traffic volume monitoring on non-sliding time windows. The
downsize criterion is met if:
(TBsizex NbTB) / Step1AverageWindow < Step1DlUlThresholdThroughput
during at least TimerT1.
With:
NbTB: Number of Transport Blocks transferred during the time window
TBsize: size of a L1 Transport Block (in bits)
AO Downsize is performed when UL and DL criteria are met.
The AO downsize step2 decision is based on DL and UL traffic volume monitoring on non-sliding time windows. The
release criterion is met if:
(TBsize x NbTB) / Step2AverageWindow < Step2ThresholdThroughput
at least during TimerT2 seconds
The UE may keep or not its RRC connection or not depending on the usage of the Cell_PCH/URA_PCH states or not.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 12
2 Always on
2.4 AO upsize UL parameters (FACH to DCH)

Reporting
UE RLC/MAC Buffer Occupancy Reporting event4a
event4a Report

repThreshold (AoOnFachParam)

timeToTrigger (AoOnFachParam) pendTimeAfterTrig (AoOnFachParam)


Upsize

AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

1 7 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

AO Upsize is performed when UL or DL criteria are met.


As the upsize conditions are applied as the mobile is using common UL and DL resources (RACH/FACH), these
conditions cannot be based on observed user traffic. The principle is that these conditions will be based on RLC
buffer occupancy, reflecting the state of congestion of the transport channel (see following two slides).
The UL upsize condition relies on event triggered UE traffic volume measurement on RACH Transport Channel,
based on event 4A.
Asthe sum of Buffer Occupancies of RBs multiplexed onto the RACH exceeds a certain threshold
(RepThreshold), the mobile performs an event triggered reporting.
On reception of this event, the SRNC considers the UL upsize condition as fulfilled.
ThependTimeAfterTrig timer is started in the UE when a measurement report has been triggered by a given
event. The UE is then forbidden to send new measurement reports triggered by the same event during this
time period. Instead the UE waits until the timer has expired.
The timeToTrigger timer is started in the UE when the Transport Channel Traffic Volume triggers the event. If
the TCTV crosses the threshold before the timer expires, the timer is stopped. If the timer expires then a report
is triggered.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 13
2 Always on
2.5 AO upsize DL parameters (FACH to DCH)

RLC/MAC Buffer Occupancy per UE Upsize


Required

step1DlRlcBoThreshold(AoOnFachParam)

Upsize step1TimerBetween2Reports
(AoOnFachPara
m)

AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

1 7 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL upsize condition relies on the same kind of mechanism. As the sum of Buffer Occupancies of RBs multiplexed
onto the FACH exceeds a certain threshold for a given UE, the SRNC considered the DL upsize condition as fulfilled.
The parameter Step1TimerBetween2Reports is used to avoid sending unnecessary upsize required event reports
during the execution of the upsize procedure. This parameter sets the minimum time between the emissions of two
events "upsize required" by the RNC-IN.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 14
2 Always on
2.6 AO upsize Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH
Nominal RB Fallback RB

RNC isOamCappingOfDataAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

= False
RB Reconfiguration
= True
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate
reconfigTimeFachDch maxUlEstablishmentRbRate
(FachRetransmissions)
(CacConfClass)
RB Reconfiguration

reconfigRetriesFachDch maxDlRateTransitionToDchDlTriggerDchAndDch
(FachRetransmissions) maxDlRateTransitionToDchUlTriggerDchAndDch
maxUlRateTransitionToDchDlTriggerDchAndDch
RB Reconfiguration x N maxUlRateTransitionToDchUlTriggerDchAndDch
(DchRateCapping)
RB Reconfiguration Complete

1 7 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA7 onwards, the AO success rate during the Cell-Fach to DCH can be improved by repeating the message RB
Reconfiguration:
reconfigTimeFachDch: defines the timer for retransmission of reconfiguration messages in Cell FACH due to
response message timeout for Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition.
reconfigRetriesFachDch: defines the maximum number of reconfiguration message retries to transmit for
Cell FACH to Cell_DCH transition.

The data rates allocated in the AO upsize procedure is limited:


the isOamCappingOfDataAllowed flag is set to False then the maxUlEstablishmentRbRate and
If
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate parameters limit the data rates.
If
the flag is set to True another set of parameters is used, depending on the procedure where the trigger
comes from and on the link that triggers the transition (DL or UL).

The rate limitation is applied only on a DCH transport channel for initial state and can be modified later by other
algorithms like RRA.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 15
2 Always on
2.7 One shot Ec/No report

isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowedPerCell isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowed
isIntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed
(FDDCell) softHoAddThresholdOneShot

intraFreqOneShotFilterCoefficient (RadioAccessService)

(MeasurementConfClass)

g.
co nfi RNC
e nt
ur em
eas
otm
h
n eS
it hO Cell_FACH
1 1w
SIB RRC/BCH (SIB11 with One Shot Meas. setting)
l
C el
vi n g RRC/RACH (Event4A)
Se r

RRC/FACH (Radio Bearer Reconfigutation: Cell_DCH)

Cell_DCH

RRC/DCH (Radio Bearer Reconfigutation Complete)

isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
RRC/DCH (Measurement Report Cells (up to 3 best))
(FDDCell)

1 7 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The objective of this feature is to improve the mobility management of the UE once it arrives to DCH state for Idle
state - RRC Establishment, FACH to DCH Transition and PCH to DCH Transition. The focus is on FACH to DCH
transition.
From UA7 onwards, if isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowed is set to true, then the info to be included on SIB 11 is
the OneShot periodic measurement. This info replaces the normal 1a,b,c events by the Intra-Frequency One Shot
measurement.
Once the UE has this information thru SIB11, it can send Measurement reports in a very early stage (before call
management is ready to process it), in this case the event will be stored and processed as soon as possible by Call
management.
On reception of a One-Shot report following a transition from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH, the RNC will update the iRM
RL color based on CPICH Ec/N0 measurements and determine whether to trigger SHO on the neighbor cells based
on a configurable threshold softHoAddThresholdOneShot.
For UEs that do not support the measurement configuration via the SIB11, the RNC can send an RRC Measurement
Control message with the following settings; periodic, the Reporting Quantity EC/Io with Amount of Reporting set to
1. This is done if the isIntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed parameter is set to True.
The One shot Ec/Io report has the same meas. Id as the inter-RAT (id=03), this is not problematic since the
intrafrequency one shot report has an amount of reporting =1, and it will be sent in an early stage of the call when
normally there is no 2D event configured.
Once the 2D event is triggered, another Measurement control will be sent with the same id but will overwrite the
intrafrequency settings of one shot with new inter-RAT IE.
isSib11IntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed is an RNC flag. This flag is supposed per FDDcell from UA07.1 and
corresponds to the isSib11IntraFreqOneShotDchAllowedPerCell parameter.
In UA07.0, a workaround was defined later in order to allow the activation of One shot per cell. The
reserved0.FddCell parameter is used to allow cell level control of this feature.
Note: The OneShot Measurement is only valid for Cell Reselection without HCS.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 16
2 Always on
2.8 RRC states transitions

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

New states URA_PCH CELL_PCH Sleeping states


Supported by (No data
Always On No RB T3 No RB transmission)

T2 T3

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH
Nominal RB T1 Fallback RB

Release RRC Establish RRC Release RRC Establish RRC


Connection Connection Connection Connection
Cell update load
User activity
User inactivity
RRC Idle Mode

Note: PCH DCH occurs in PS MUX, when PS traffic resumes or at CS RAB establishment
1 7 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As explained in TS 25.331, "The RRC states within UTRA RRC Connected Mode reflect the level of UE connection
and which transport channels that can be used by the UE."
Whenthe RNC receives a RAB assignment request, the corresponding Radio Bearer is by default allocated in
CELL_DCH.
Then, later on during the call, a UE can be moved between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH based on user activity
(i.e. user traffic volume monitoring), that can be controlled by the operator thanks to inactivity timers.
Since CELL_FACH makes use of RACH and FACH, which are common transport channels (shared between all the
users of the cell), CELL_FACH is only suited to non real-time data services (i.e. Interactive or Background) and can
even be used to transmit small amounts of user data. However, it cannot be used for real-time traffic, such as voice
or video telephony, which are always supported in CELL_DCH.
Always-On is the Alcatel-Lucent PS call management feature responsible for choosing the best radio resources
according to the amount of traffic the subscriber has to transmit.
From UA05.0, the Always-On mechanism supports these two RRC states: URA_PCH and CELL_PCH.
PCH sates (i.e. CELL_PCH and URA_PCH) are useful for data subscribers who can fallback to one of these states
when they are completely inactive:
Sinceno cell resources are allocated to UE in these states, i.e. no dedicated physical channel is allocated to the
UE, they have no impact on the cell capacity.
Nevertheless,subscribers benefit from a quicker re-establishment time compared to when in Idle mode and the
UE battery consumption is low, i.e. equivalent to when the UE is in Idle mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 17
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.1 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is used
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode


nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch
CELL UPDATE
URA_PCH CELL_PCH
= UraAndCellPchEnabled

Dat
a to t
ran
CELL_DCH s mit CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


URA_PCH
(T3=uraPchToIdleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When CELL_PCH is used, the transitions between URA_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH:
When in CELL_PCH, the transition to URA_PCH occurs when the user has performed a minimum number
of CELL UPDATE procedures. Therefore, this transition is based on the Cell Update signaling load and not
on the user traffic activity. Hence, this transition is not directly related to AO.
nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch is used to control the transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH
state in case the both are activated. It represents the threshold value for the number of cell update
procedures (with cause Cell reselection) initiated by the UE in CELL_PCH state (for a maximum duration
of CellPCHtoIdleTimer) for the RNC to trigger a state change to URA_PCH for this UE.
Transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH:
In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).
Transition from URA_PCH to idle through CELL_FACH:
Once in URA_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(URAPCHToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the RRC signaling connection release.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 18
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.2 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is not used
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

URA_PCH
(T2= Ina = UraPchEnabled
fach ctive us
T oU
raPcer
hTim
e r)
Dat
a to t
ran
CELL_DCH s mit CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


URA_PCH
(T3=uraPchToIdleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When CELL_PCH is not used, the transitions between URA_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH:
When in CELL_FACH, the amount of user traffic is monitored in both uplink and downlink directions.
When there is no traffic during a certain period of time (FACHToURAPCHTimer) and CELL_PCH is not
enabled, the UE is moved to URA_PCH.
The transition criteria are the same as those used for transition to idle mode, i.e. traffic volume
measurement on DTCH in both uplink and downlink directions.
Similar to the transition from Cell_FACH to DCH the AO success rate can be improved from UA07
onwards by repeating the message RB Reconfiguration:
reconfigRetriesFachPch: defines the maximum number of retransmissions of RB
Reconfiguration message due to response message timeout.
reconfigTimeFachPch: defines the timer for retransmission of the RB Reconfiguration messages.

Transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH:


In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).

Transition from URA_PCH to idle through CELL_FACH:


Once in URA_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(URAPCHToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the RRC signaling connection release.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 19
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.3 CELL_PCH transitions
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode


nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch
URA_PCH CELL UPDATE CELL_PCH
= UraAndCellPchEnabled

Data to transmit Inactive user


from CELL_FACH
(T2=fachToCellPchTimer)
CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


CELL_PCH
(T3=CellPchToldleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The transitions between CELL_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH:
When in CELL_FACH, the amount of user traffic is monitored in both uplink and downlink directions.
When there is no traffic during a certain period of time (FACHToCellPCHTimer), the UE is moved to CELL_PCH.
The transition criteria are the same as those used for transition to idle mode, i.e. traffic volume measurement on
DTCH in both uplink and downlink directions.
Like for the transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH the AO success rate can be improved from UA7 onwards by
repeating the message RB Reconfiguration using reconfigRetriesFachPch and reconfigTimeFachPch
parameters.
Transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH through CELL_FACH (if URA_PCH state is used):
Once a UE is in CELL_PCH, and if URA_PCH is enabled, the RNC increments a counter that counts the number of cell
updates.
When the number of cell updates has exceeded a certain limit (NumberOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch),
the RNC moves the UE from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the transition signaling.
Transition from CELL_PCH to CELL_FACH: In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).
Transition from CELL_PCH to Idle mode, through CELL_FACH:
Once in CELL_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(CellPchToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the release signaling.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 20
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH

URA/Cell Update PS I/B


Confirm
PS I/B Mux
URA_PCH
CELL_PCH
RB Cell Update
Reconfiguration Confirm
RB
Reconfiguration Cell Update
Confirm

CELL_DCH RB Reconfiguration CELL_FACH


RB Reconfiguration
(DBC)
RRC Connection
Release

RRC Connection RRC Connection


Establish Release
IDLE

1 7 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Without direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH, direct RRC state transition from URA_PCH or CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH is supported only for multi-RAB call or upon a mobile terminating CS RAB request.

This feature extends the direct transition support to all RAB combinations and to all Always-On upsize triggers.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 21
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]

Feature URA_PCH/CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH Direct Transition introduces


two sub-features:

1. Supports a direct transition from URA_PCH or CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH

It is based on:
Establishment Cause and/or
Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI)
which are included in the CELL UPDATE message, or through CELL_FACH

2. Allows the operator to enable/disable ALWAYS-ON algorithm for PS


interactive RABs with Signaling Indication = signaling.

1 7 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The decision to go directly to CELL_DCH or through CELL_FACH is based on the Establishment Cause and/or the
Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI) included in the Cell Update message.

This feature is an enhancement of the AO, base feature RRC & ALWAYS-ON STATES MANAGEMENT. The RRC &
ALWAYS-ON STATES MANAGEMENT is in charge of monitoring the radio resources allocated to a UE with regards to
the actual traffic activity of the user.

FEATURE BENEFITS
Direct transition from PCH to DCH improves the user perceived latency when traffic resumes from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH. The transition delay versus the two-step transition is reduced from approximately 900 to 550 ms.
A direct transition from PCH to DCH involves a lower number of exchanged signaling messages between the UE and
the RNC versus a two-step transition. Thus the signaling load of the RNC control plane can be reduced.
Direct transition can avoid the intermediate step in CELL_FACH and thus reduces the number of users in CELL_FACH
state.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 22
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]

Establishment cause

RNC

RadioAccessService

supportEstabCauseAndTrafficVolInd

1 7 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In 3GPP 25.331 Rel.5, the Establishment Cause has been added to the CELL UPDATE message. This can be used
by the RNC to determine the target RRC state, i. e. in case of Originating Conversational Call, the RNC can move
the UE to CELL_DCH directly (in the current solution, the call setup is done on Cell_FACH for PS I/B) and
therefore improves the call establishment success rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 23
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]
Traffic Volume Indicator RNC

RadioAccessService

supportEstabCauseAndTrafficVolInd

1 7 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In 3GPP TS 25.331 Rel-6, an optional IE which contains a TVI has been added to the Cell Update message. This IE
is set to TRUE when the amount of data in the UE buffer is above a configured threshold, while the absence of this
IE means the amount of data is lower. This can be used by the RNC to decide between CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH
when traffic resumes on a PS RAB. When the RNC receives a Cell Update message with TVI set to TRUE then it
moves the UE to CELL_DCH directly.

The Traffic Volume Indicator is set to TRUE when the criteria for event based traffic volume measurement reporting
is fulfilled, while the absence of this IE means the criterion is not fulfilled.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 24
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]
Always On for Interactive PS Signaling RAB
1. Activate/deactivate the Always On feature for UE having Interactive RAB
with the Signaling Indication (SI) IE is set to Yes (SI="signalling").

RNC SGSN isAlwaysOnAllowedforSigIndRab


(RadioAccessService)
RANAP/RAB Assignment Request

RA:
PS Interactive
alling e.g. IMS
high layer sign psSigAoTimerCoeff
P signalling
signalling, VoI (RadioAccessService)
"
t to "signalling
The SI IE is se

2. It is possible to set different AO timer values for PS Interactive Signaling


RABs

1 7 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The second sub-feature provides configuration capability that permits operators to activate/deactivate the Always
On feature for UE having Interactive RAB, with the Signaling Indication (SI) set to signaling. The operator will also
be able to set different AO timers value for PS Interactive Signaling RAB by setting a desired value for the
configurable parameter.
In the existing implementation, the Always-On feature is by default disabled if SI=signaling. The Signaling
Indication is set to signaling by the PS Core network to inform the UTRAN that a RAB carries high layer signaling
(IMS signaling, VoIP signaling, etc). Hereupon, the Interactive RAB with SI=signaling is supposed to carry
signaling used by end-party entities to setup/release for example the streaming bearer, the initial thought that
allowing AO on such a RAB could introduce latency in the streaming session setup.
However, recent feedbacks from different customers stated that on the other hand keeping all SI=signaling RAB in
CELL_DCH is a waste of resources. For streaming, it may be pertinent not to trigger transition to CELL_FACH. But
for many other IMS based applications or for proprietary applications using the Signaling Indicator, keeping the UE
in CELL_DCH would result in an expensive dimensioning for Node B baseband resources (number of CEs, HSPA
connections).

The AO timers for PS Interactive Signalling RAB will be set according to the regular AO timer multiplied by
"psSigAoTimerCoeff".

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 25
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.5 URA update in URA_PCH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

URA_PCH

Cell Reselection

CELL_FACH
New
URA
URA No data
Update to transmit

1 7 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Admission control
Although no cell resources are allocated to a UE in URA_PCH, the RNC has to maintain the RRC and Iu connections,
to keep a UE context as well as to process the URA Update procedure.
Therefore, the RNC controls the maximum number of simultaneous UEs in URA_PCH and once the limit is reached, a
UE is moved to Idle mode instead.
Mobility
In URA_PCH state the location of a UE is known at UTRAN Registration Area (URA) level.
A URA is an area covered by a number of cell(s), which is only known by the UTRAN.
The UE performs a Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new UTRA cell belonging to a URA that does not match the
URA used by the UE, the UE moves to CELL_FACH state and initiates a URA Update towards the network.
After the URA Update procedure has been performed, the UE state is changed back to URA_PCH if neither the UE
nor the network has any more data to transmit.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 26
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.6 Cell update in CELL_PCH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

CELL_PCH

Cell Reselection

New
CELL

CELL_FACH

No data
Cell Update to transmit

1 7 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Admission control
Although no cell resources are allocated to a UE in CELL_PCH, the RNC has to maintain the RRC and Iu connections,
to keep a UE context as well as to process the Cell Update procedure.
Therefore, the RNC controls the maximum number of simultaneous UEs in CELL_PCH and once the limit is reached a
UE is moved to Idle mode instead.
Mobility
In CELL_PCH state the location of a UE is known at UTRA cell level.
The UE performs Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new UTRA cell, it moves to CELL_FACH state and initiates a
Cell Update procedure in the new cell.
After the Cell Update procedure has been performed, the UE state is changed back to CELL_PCH if neither the UE
nor the network has any more data to transmit.
Mobility over Iur
If as a result of the Cell Reselection process, a UE initiates a CELL UPDATE message in a cell being controlled by an
RNC (CRNC) different from the SRNC, then an Alcatel-Lucent CRNC releases the RRC connection, i.e. RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE is sent with cause Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment. The UE will then re-
establish the RRC connection under the new RNC, what should be transparent to the subscriber since it was
inactive.
The same procedure applies if an Alcatel-lucent SRNC receives a Cell Update message from a UE that has re-
selected a cell controlled by another RNC vendor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 27
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.7 Cell update in CELL_FACH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

New
CELL

CELL_FACH

No data
Cell Update to transmit

1 7 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Mobility
In CELL_FACH state, the location of a UE is known at cell level.
The UE performs Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new cell, it initiates a Cell Update procedure in the new cell
and stays in Cell_FACH state.
Mobility over Iur
If as a result of the Cell Reselection process, a UE initiates a CELL UPDATE message in a cell being controlled by an
RNC (CRNC) different from the SRNC, then an Alcatel-Lucent CRNC releases the RRC connection, i.e. RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE is sent with cause Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment. The UE will then re-
establish the RRC connection under the new RNC, what should be transparent to the subscriber since it was
inactive.
The same procedure applies if an Alcatel-lucent SRNC receives a Cell Update message from a UE that has re-
selected a cell controlled by another RNC vendor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 28
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.8 Cell reselection during Cell_Fach to Cell_DCH
UE OLD Node B NEW Node B SRNC

Upsize request FACH > DCH

Radio Link Setup Request

Radio Link Setup Response


L2 ACK received?
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration

RRC Cell Update


RRC Cell Update Confirm

RRC UTRAN Mobility Confirm Roll back previous


reconfiguration
resource reservation
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration failure (Over RACH on new cell)

Radio Link Deletion Request

Radio Link Deletion Response

RL Setup Request Restart on New NB


fach to DCH reconfig
RL Setup Response

Radio Bearer Reconfiguration


Radio Bearer Reconfiguration complete

isFachToDchEnhancementAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

1 7 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07, onwards isFachToDchEnhancementAllowed determines whether handling of cell reselection during
FACH to DCH transition is supported.

This scenario occurs during a transition of a PS RAB from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH where the RNC has submitted an
RRC RB Setup or RRC RB Reconfiguration message to the UE and an RRC Cell Update message (Cell update cause =
cell reselection or re-entered service area) interrupts the transition.

To successfully transition the UE to Cell_DCH on the newly selected cell, the RNC will roll back the operations on the
old cell and attempt anew the transition to Cell_DCH on the new cell.

If the Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition is initiated on a cell with poor radio conditions, and at a certain time the UE
is no more reachable, and it manages to reach back to the network thru a Cell-Update message with cause cell
reselection or re-entered service area, the RNC will:
Give Cell update message priority over the ongoing Reconfiguration from FACH to DCH.
Cancel any changes ongoing for resources to previous cell
Continue with the transition from FACH to DCH on the new cell using the same triggering information on the
initial attempt.
This procedure is only attempted once, if the cell update fails, then all resources on new and old cell are released

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 29
2 Always on
2.9 PCH states configuration
pchRrcStates = pchRrcStates =
none UraPchEnabled

URA_PCH

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

pchRrcStates = pchRrcStates =
CellPchEnabled UraAndCellPchEnabled

CELL_PCH URA_PCH CELL_PCH

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

1 7 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

4 AO Downsized configurations can be used thanks to the pchRRcstates parameter:


CELL_FACH only
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH
CELL_FACH or URA_PCH
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH or URA_PCH

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 30
2 Always on
2.10 AO step 2 and AO step 3 timers

CELL_PCH
fachToCellPchTime cellPchToIdleTime
(Inactiver user) (No signaling trafficr: Paging, Cell Update)

nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPc
h procedures)
(Counter of Cell Update

CELL_FACH Idle
AO Step 2 (T2) Step 3 (T3)

fachToUraPchTimer UraPchToIdleTime
(Inactive user) (No signaling traffic :r Paging, Cell Update)

URA_PCH

(pchRrcStates = {uraPchEnabled,
URA_PCH uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})
activated
URA_PCH activated (only) (pchRrcStates = {uraPchEnabled)
URA_PCH & CELL _PCH (pchRrcStates =
activated
CELL _PCH {uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})
activated (pchRrcStates = {cellPchEnabled,
uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})

1 7 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

AO Downsize are split into:


A0 Downsize Step 1:
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH
A0 Downsize Step 2:
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH if CELL_PCH state is used
from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH if URA_PCH state is used and CELL_PCH state is not used
A0 Downsize Step 3:
from CELL_DCH to PMM-idle if AO is enabled but Downsized mode is not used
from CELL_FACH to PMM-idle if PCH states are not used
from CELL_PCH to PMM-idle if CELL_PCH state is used
from URA_PCH to PMM-idle if URA_PCH state is used

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 31
2 Always on
2.11 Definition of isAlwaysOnAllowed (xxRbSetConf)

isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlRbSetConf)
isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlRbSetConf)

= disabled = releaseOnly

neither RB downsize
nor RB release = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly no RB downsize
based on user inactivity but RB release
based on user inactivity
AO Step 3

RB downsize
then RB release
based on user inactivity

AO Step 1 (+ Step2) + Step 3

1 7 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf determines the behavior of each Radio
Bearer when the always-on downsize is triggered. It can take the following values:
Degraded2AlwaysOnOnly means that the downsize is allowed and the target radio bearer is the one determined
by the parameters AlwaysOnDlRbSetDchId / AlwaysOnUlRbSetDchId in case of downsize in cell DCH State or
AlwaysOnDlRbSetFachId / AlwaysOnUlRbSetFachId in case of downsize in cell FACH State.
ReleaseOnly means that there will be no intermediate downsize for this Radio Bearer. The Radio Bearer will be
released when the release conditions are fulfilled.
Disabled means that the always-on feature is disabled for this Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 32
2 Always on
2.12 Exercise: find the parameter values

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT1 timerT2


CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH PMM-idle
AO Step1 AO Step3

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT2


CELL_DCH
PMM-idle
AO Step3

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT1 fachToUraPchTimer uraPchToIdleTimer


CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH
URA_PCH PMM-idle
AO Step1 AO Step2 AO Step3

1 7 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 33
2 Always on
2.13 Mono-service PS/multi-RAB PS I/B R99 (R99 PS Mux)

AO Step 1 not allowed for Multi RAB configuration

isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlRbSetConf) = releaseOnly


isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlRbSetConf) = releaseOnly

PchRrcStates = none

R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2


CELL_DCH
PMM-idle
AO Step3

PchRrcStates = UraAndCellPchEnabled

R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2 cellPchToIdleTimer


CELL_DCH CELL_PCH
PMM-idle
AO Step2 AO Step3

uraPchToIdleTimer
URA_PCH
AO Step3

1 7 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 34
2 Always on
2.14 Multi-service CS+PS

Mono RAB PS I/B R99


isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS RAB) = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly pchRrcStates none
PS traffic resuming

PS I/B Down CELL_PCH Inactivity PS PMM-idle


CELL_FACH
Inactivity or
(CELL_DCH
URA_PCH
Up

CS RAB CS RAB
setup release
Down CS+PS
CS+PS I/B Inactivity CS + PS I/B 0/0 Inactivity
(CELL_DCH
CS + PS I/B8/8
(CELL_DCH) PMM-idle
(Cell_DCH)
Up

PS traffic resuming
Multi RAB PS I/B R99
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS RAB) = releaseOnly pchRrcStates = any value

CS + R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2


CELL_DCH
CS + PS PMM-idle
AO Step3

1 7 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CS+PS I/B 0/0(+PS I/B 0/0) for Always-On on Mono-RAB


UA05.0 / UA05.1: when a user has a RAB CS + PS I/B calls established, the RNC managesuser inactivity in
the following way :
Always-on Step 1 (low activity) : reconfiguration to CS + PS I/B 8/8
Always-on Step 2 (inactivity) : the PS RAB is released CS + PS I/B 8/8 -> CS
UA6.0: new step for CS+PS
Always-on Step 1 : unchanged
Always-on Step 2 : reconfiguration to CS + PS I/B 0/0
1. allows a quicker re-establishment in case PS traffic resumes.
2. CS + PS I/B + PS I/B combinations are handled the same way with a reconfiguration to CS + PS
I/B 0/0 + PS I/B 0/0.
3. The RNC monitors the traffic on the PS RB(s) and can trigger an upsizing while the CS call is
active.
o As part of this evolution:
1. when a UE is in URA_PCH or CELL_PCH and the RNC receives a request to establish a CS
RAB, the user is allocated a CS + PS I/B 0/0 RB or CS + PS I/B 0/0 + PS I/B 0/0
depending on the number of PS RAB established. This is more efficient from a resources
usage point of view than CS + PS I/B 8/8 or CS + PS I/B 64/64 + PS I/B 64/64, which are
allocated with the current implementation.
2. When the CS call is released and if the PS traffic is still 0/0, then the UE is moved back to
URA_PCH or CELL_PCH.
Establishment Cause & Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI) in CELL UPDATE message: On transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH, choice between CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH based on TVI and Establishment Cause

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 35
2 Always on
2.15 Recovery actions CELL_FACH admission failure

PS I/B
(CELL_DCH
DCH, HS -DSCH or E -DCH ) CELL_FACH
Admission Control
UE is kept in in CELL_DCH until
CAC FACH succeeds
MaxNumberOfUserPerMac
C
AO downsize Failure
(CacOnFachParam)

Bucket Occupancy
trbEstThreshold
(CacOnFachParam
CELL_FACH )

1 7 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Recovery actions on CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH admission failure:


When the CAC FACH fails at DCH to FACH AO downsize transition, the UE is kept in in CELL_DCH until CAC FACH
succeeds (at downsize retry) or conditions for transition to CELL_FACH are not fulfilled anymore.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 36
2 Always on
2.16 UTRAN Registration Area (URA)

Up to 8 URAs per cell FDDCell


Mandatory for URA_PCH state activation
URA list broadcast in SIB2 uraIdentityList

URA1
URA2

URA1
URA3 URA1 cell

URA2 cell

URA3 cell

1 7 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

URA Identity is 16 bits string.


URA can overlap to avoid ping-pong at the border of several URAs.
URA overlapping at the border of two RNCs not supported.
Note: SIB2 implementation is independent of URA_PCH flag. If UraIdentityList under FDDCELL is not empty, SIB2
will be broadcast in this cell, not taking into account whether URA_PCH is enabled at RNC level.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 37
2 Always on
2.17 User services parameters
RNC

DlUserService UlUserService DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf AlwaysOnConf


alwaysOnUlRbSetDchId
alwaysOnDlRbSetDchId
alwaysOnUlRbSetFachId

isAlwaysOnAllowed isAlwaysOnAllowed alwaysOnDlRbSetFachId

disabled
true
degraded2AlwaysOnOnly
false
releaseOnly

AlwaysOnTimer
timerT1, timerT1ForHsdpa, timerT1ForHsdpaAndEDch
timerT2, timerT2ForHsdpa, timerT2ForHsdpaAndEDch
fachToCellPchTimer, cellPchToIdleTimer
fachToUraPchTimer, uraPchToIdleTimer

1 7 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Radio Bearers used for the downsized state are provided in the AlwaysOnConf object, including the type of
downsize (Cell_DCH or Cell_FACH).
The list of user services that are eligible to Always On is given through the isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in
DlUserService and UlUserService objects.
The isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf objects determines the behavior of each Radio
Bearer when the always-on downsize is triggered. It can take the following values:
degraded2AlwaysOnOnly means that the downsize is allowed and the target radio bearers are determined by
the parameters of the AlwaysOnConf object.
releaseOnlymeans that there is no intermediate downsize for this Radio Bearer. The Radio Bearer is released
when the release conditions are met.
Disabled means that the Always-On feature is disabled for this Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 38
2 Always on
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions

Assumptions
UE is R99
isAlwaysOnAllowed (alwaysOnConf) = True
alwaysOnUlRbSetDchId (alwaysOnConf) = PS_8K
alwaysOnDlRbSetDchId (alwaysOnConf) = PS_8K
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K) = True
isAlwaysOnAllowed (CS_64KxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K) = True
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS_128K_IB) = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly
isAlwaysOnAllowed (CS_64K) = disabled
timerT1 (AlwaysOnTimer) = 15s
timerT2 (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
timerT2ForMultiRab (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
PchRrcStates (RadioAccessService) = UraAndCellPchEnabled
nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch (RadioAccessService) = 3
fachToCellPchTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
fachToUraPchTimer(AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
cellPchToIdleTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 60mn
uraPchToIdleTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 60mn

1 7 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 39
2 Always on
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions [cont.]

PS I/B 128K
128kbps

CS 64/64
64kbps

0kbps

5s

Question: Find the RRC State changes.

1 7 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 40
3 RB rate adaptation

1 7 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 41
3 RB rate adaptation
3.1 RB rate adaptation principles

isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed
isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

Current DCH PS RB (UL/DL) Adapted DCH PS RB (UL/DL)

RB Rate Adaptation (UL/DL)

RB Resizing (UL/DL)
Estimated
Traffic Monitoring (UL/DL) Throughput
(DL/UL)
32 64 128 384

1 7 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The mechanism is made of 2 main functions:


Traffic Monitoring: estimates periodically the user activity in UL and DL at RLC level.
RB Resizing Process: determines if the current RB needs to be adapted (independently in UL and DL) based
on traffic monitoring output and triggers bit rate resizing if required.

RB Rate Adaptation is applicable to UL and DL Interactive and Background PS. It introduces RB rate
downsizing/upsizing based on user estimated average throughput.
RNC monitors DL and UL traffic and determines if the current RB bit rate needs to be downsized or upsized to
accurately match the actual traffic:
Downsizing
The RNC targets the bit rate as closely as possible to the estimated throughput.
Upsizing

Uplink: The RNC targets the bit rate immediately above the current bit rate (step-by-step upsize).
Downlink: The RNC targets any rate (multi-stages upsize), based on user throughput and RLC buffer
occupancy. The targeted RB bit rate should never exceed the Reference RB bit rate.
DL and UL rate adaptation are performed independently.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 42
3 RB rate adaptation
3.2 Traffic monitoring: UL & DL throughput
Throughput Estimates

T0 T1 T2 T3 T4
time
raUnitPeriodTime
raNbOfSample
(DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=N0/T Rate[0]=N1/T
Rate[1]=0 Rate[1]=0 Rate[1]=N0/T Rate[1]=N1/T Rate[1]=N2/T raUnitPeriodTime
Rate[2]=0 Rate[2]=N0/T Rate[2]=N1/T Rate[2]=N2/T Rate[2]=N3/T raNbOfSample
(UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
K 1
1 1 K 1
R
K
Rate k S 2

K 1 k 0
Rate k R 2
k 0

Confidence Level
throughput Estimate raMaxConfidenceInt
RLC-SDU
raModifiedStudentCoef
throughput
(DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)

Confidence Interval = 2b raMaxConfidenceInt


raModifiedStudentCoef
S
Reliable Throughput Estimate t ,K (UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
R K

1 7 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The traffic monitoring function consists in calculating the average throughput over a time window and estimating
the confidence level of the observed throughput.
The algorithm used is the same in DL and in UL. The average throughput is estimated at RLC level excluding
retransmissions and acknowledgements.
The algorithm first periodically computes the user throughput over a period of time T (raUnitPeriodOfTime) as Rate
=N/T where N is the number of RLC-SDU bits transmitted for the first time during T.
Traffic estimates are then based on a sliding window of size K (raNumberOfSample).
The estimation of the average throughput R and of the throughput variance S is derived over the last K samples
Rate[k], where each value R[k] corresponding to a throughput value calculated during a period of time T (see above
slide formulas corresponding to an example with K = 3).
The estimated throughput is supposed to follow a Student-t distribution with K degrees of freedom. The throughput
estimate is considered reliable if the probability of the real throughput being out of the interval of confidence is
smaller than a determined threshold (see above slide formulas).
When the throughput estimate is considered reliable, the RB rate adaptation resizing process is triggered, otherwise
no action is taken.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 43
3 RB rate adaptation
3.3 DL downsizing

DL6
DL384 DL256 DL128 DL32
4

RLC-SDU Average Throughput isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlUserService


DL384 (DlUserService)

isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlRbSetConf
no downsize isThisRbRateAdaptationDlRbSetTargetAllowed
dlRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold

DL256 (DlRbSetConf)

TDOWNDL384
MIN (Adapted RB, IRM RB)

downsize to DL256
DL128
TDOWNDL256 Allocated RB
DL iRM
downsize to DL128
DL64 Reference RB
TDOWNDL128
DL32 downsize to DL64
TDOWNDL64
downsize to DL32
time

1 7 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RB Rate Adaptation process can downsize an RB from the current RB rate down to any smaller RB (all
transitions towards a smaller RB are possible except to PS 8k, which is not eligible as target).
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to downsize when the following criteria, which are
periodically checked, are verified:
The observed average throughput is lower than a defined threshold (dlRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold).
The confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to consider the observation as
reliable.
The RB adaptation process can downsize an RB from the current RB rate down to any RB with lower bit rate but the
allocated RB is always constrained by the iRM table selection.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 44
3 RB rate adaptation
3.4 UL downsizing

UL384 UL128 UL64 UL32

RLC-SDU Average Throughput


UL384
isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlUserService
(UlUserService)

no downsize isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlRbSetCo
nf
isThisRbRateAdaptationUlRbSetTargetAllowed
ulRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold
(UlRbSetConf)

UL128
TDOWN384
downsize to UL128
UL64
TDOWN128
UL32 downsize to UL64
TDOWN64
downsize to UL32
time

1 7 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RB adaptation process can downsize a Radio Bearer from the current RB rate down to any smaller rate (all
transitions towards smaller RB are possible except to PS 8 kbps).
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to downsize when the following criteria, which are
periodically checked, are verified:
the observed average throughput is lower than a defined threshold (ulRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold).
the confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to regard the observation as reliable.
Same criteria and mechanisms as for DL RB Rate Adaptation downsizing apply.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 45
3 RB rate adaptation
dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeAlgorithm
3.5 DL multi-stage upsizing (RadioAccessService)

DL384 DL256 DL128 DL64 DL32 DL8

RLC-SDU Average Throughput bytes % isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlUserService


DL384 (DlUserService)
QUP384 isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlRbSetCo
QUP256 nf
no upsize
isThisRbRateAdaptationDlRbSetTargetAllowed
QUP128
dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeThreshold
QUP64 (DlRbSetConf)
DL256 raSduQueueThreshold
upsize of DL256
raSduQueueThresholdBytes
RLC-
RLC-SD